10-Q

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)

þ QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2014

or

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from _____________ to _____________

Commission file number 1-32599

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

DELAWARE	20-2485124
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
ONE WILLIAMS CENTER
TULSA, OKLAHOMA	74172-0172
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (918) 573-2000

NO CHANGE

(Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ   No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ   No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer þ	Accelerated filer ¨	Non-accelerated filer ¨	Smaller reporting company ¨
		(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ¨ No þ

The registrant had 438,625,699 common units and 25,577,521 Class D units outstanding as of April 30, 2014.

Williams Partners L.P.

Index

Part I. Financial Information	Page
Item 1. Financial Statements
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income – Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013	5
Consolidated Balance Sheet – March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013	6
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity – Three Months Ended March 31, 2014	7
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows – Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 and 2013	8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	9
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	22
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	42
Item 4. Controls and Procedures	43
Part II. Other Information	43
Item 1. Legal Proceedings	43
Item 6. Exhibits	45

Certain matters contained in this report include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. These forward-looking statements relate to anticipated financial performance, management’s plans and objectives for future operations, business prospects, outcome of regulatory proceedings, market conditions and other matters. We make these forward-looking statements in reliance on the safe harbor protections provided under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this report that address activities, events or developments that we expect, believe or anticipate will exist or may occur in the future are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by various forms of words such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “seeks,” “could,” “may,” “should,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “might,” “goals,” “objectives,” “targets,” “planned,” “potential,” “projects,” “scheduled,” “will,” “assumes,” “guidance,” “outlook,” “in service date” or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management and include, among others, statements regarding:

• Amounts and nature of future capital expenditures;

• Expansion and growth of our business and operations;

• Financialcondition and liquidity;

• Business strategy;

• Cash flow from operations or results of operations;

1

• The levels of cash distributions to unitholders;

• Natural gas, natural gas liquids, and olefins prices, supply and demand;

• Demand for our services.

Forward-looking statements are based on numerous assumptions, uncertainties, and risks that could cause future events or results to be materially different from those stated or implied in this report. Limited partner units are inherently different from the capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should carefully consider the risk factors discussed below in addition to the other information in this report. If any of the following risks were actually to occur, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay distributions on our common units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and unitholders could lose all or part of their investment. Many of the factors that will determine these results are beyond our ability to control or predict. Specific factors that could cause actual results to differ from results contemplated by the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:

• Whether we have sufficient cash from operations to enable us to pay current and expected levels of cash distributions, if any, following establishment of cash reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner;

• Availability of supplies, market demand, and volatility of prices;

• Inflation, interest rates, fluctuation in foreign exchange rates, and general economic conditions (including future disruptions and volatility in the global credit markets and the impact of these events on our customers and suppliers);

• The strength and financial resources of our competitors and the effects of competition;

• Whether we are able to successfully identify, evaluate and execute investment opportunities;

• Ability to acquire new businesses and assets and successfully integrate those operations and assets into our existing businesses, as well as successfully expand our facilities;

• Development of alternative energy sources;

• The impact of operational and development hazards and unforeseen interruptions;

• Costs of, changes in, or the results of laws, government regulations (including safety and environmental regulations), environmental liabilities, litigation and rate proceedings;

• Our allocated costs for defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans sponsored by our affiliates;

• Changes in maintenance and construction costs;

• Changes in the current geopolitical situation;

• Our exposure to the credit risks of our customers and counterparties;

• Risks related to financing, including restrictions stemming from our debt agreements, future changes in our credit ratings, and the availability and cost of capital;

2

• The amount of cash distributions from and capital requirements of our investments and joint ventures in which we participate;

• Risks associated with weather and natural phenomena, including climate conditions;

• Acts of terrorism, including cybersecurity threats and related disruptions;

• Additional risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Given the uncertainties and risk factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement, we caution investors not to unduly rely on our forward-looking statements. We disclaim any obligations to and do not intend to update the above list or to announce publicly the result of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements to reflect future events or developments.

In addition to causing our actual results to differ, the factors listed above and referred to below may cause our intentions to change from those statements of intention set forth in this report. Such changes in our intentions may also cause our results to differ. We may change our intentions, at any time and without notice, based upon changes in such factors, our assumptions, or otherwise.

Because forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, we caution that there are important factors, in addition to those listed above, that may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. For a detailed discussion of those factors, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.

3

DEFINITIONS

The following is a listing of certain abbreviations, acronyms and other industry terminology used throughout this Form 10-Q.

Measurements:

Barrel: One barrel of petroleum products that equals 42 U.S. gallons

Bcf : One billion cubic feet of natural gas

Bcf/d: One billion cubic feet of natural gas per day

British Thermal Unit (Btu): A unit of energy needed to raise the temperature of one pound of water by one degree

Fahrenheit

Dekatherms (Dth): A unit of energy equal to one million British thermal units

Mbbls/d: One thousand barrels per day

Mdth/d: One thousand dekatherms per day

MMcf/d: One million cubic feet per day

Consolidated Entities:

Constitution: Constitution Pipeline Company, LLC

Gulfstar One: Gulfstar One LLC

Northwest Pipeline: Northwest Pipeline, LLC

Transco: Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC

Partially Owned Entities: Entities in whichwe do not own a 100 percent ownership interest and which we account

for as an equity investment, including principally the following:

Aux Sable: Aux Sable Liquid Products LP

Caiman II: Caiman Energy II, LLC

Discovery: Discovery Producer Services LLC

Gulfstream: Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C.

Laurel Mountain: Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC

OPPL: Overland Pass Pipeline Company LLC

Government and Regulatory:

EPA: Environmental Protection Agency

FERC: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission

Other:

B/B Splitter: Butylene/Butane splitter

RGP Splitter: Refinery grade propylene splitter

IDR: Incentive distribution right

NGLs: Natural gas liquids; natural gas liquids result from natural gas processing and crude oil refining and are

used as petrochemical feedstocks, heating fuels, and gasoline additives, among other applications

NGL margins:NGL revenues less Btu replacement cost, plant fuel, transportation, and fractionation

4

PART I – FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Williams Partners L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

(Unaudited)

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions, except per-unit amounts)
Revenues:
Service revenues	$	763		$	702
Product sales	930			1,104
Total revenues	1,693			1,806
Costs and expenses:
Product costs	769			790
Operating and maintenance expenses	248			257
Depreciation and amortization expenses	208			196
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	130			130
Net insurance recoveries – Geismar Incident	(119		)	—
Other (income) expense – net	17			1
Total costs and expenses	1,253			1,374
Operating income	440			432
Equity earnings (losses)	23			18
Interest incurred	(131		)	(118		)
Interest capitalized	25			22
Other investing income (loss) – net	—			(1		)
Other income (expense) – net	3			6
Income before income taxes	360			359
Provision for income taxes	8			15
Net income	$	352		$	344
Allocation of net income for calculation of earnings per common unit:
Net income	$	352		$	344
Allocation of net income to general partner	180			142
Allocation of net income to Class D units	14			—
Allocation of net income to common units	$	158		$	202
Basic and diluted earnings per common unit	$	.36		$	.50
Weighted average number of common units outstanding (thousands)	438,626			401,969
Cash distributions per common unit	$	.9045		$	.8475
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	$	(39	)	$	(19	)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(39		)	(19		)
Comprehensive income	$	313		$	325

See accompanying notes.

5

Williams Partners L.P.

Consolidated Balance Sheet

(Unaudited)

	March 31, 2014			December 31, 2013
	(Dollars in millions)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	535		$	110
Trade accounts and notes receivable, net	570			568
Inventories	222			194
Other current assets	85			96
Total current assets	1,412			968
Investments	2,381			2,187
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost	25,789			25,062
Accumulated depreciation	(7,592		)	(7,437		)
Property, plant, and equipment – net	18,197			17,625
Goodwill	646			646
Other intangible assets	1,630			1,642
Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other	525			503
Total assets	$	24,791		$	23,571
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable:
Trade	$	1,062		$	889
Affiliate	77			104
Accrued interest	132			115
Asset retirement obligations	63			64
Other accrued liabilities	252			375
Long-term debt due within one year	750			—
Commercial paper	—			225
Total current liabilities	2,336			1,772
Long-term debt	9,803			9,057
Asset retirement obligations	532			497
Deferred income taxes	120			117
Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other	591			561
Contingent liabilities (Note 9)
Equity:
Partners’ equity:
Common units (438,625,699 units outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December31, 2013)	11,494			11,596
Class D units (25,577,521 units outstanding at March 31, 2014)	879			—
General partner	(1,494		)	(541		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	58			97
Total partners’ equity	10,937			11,152
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries	472			415
Total equity	11,409			11,567
Total liabilities and equity	$	24,791		$	23,571

See accompanying notes.

6

Williams Partners L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

(Unaudited)

	Williams Partners L.P.
	Limited Partners
	Common Units			Class D Units			General Partner			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total Partners’ Equity			Noncontrolling Interests		Total Equity
	(Millions)
Balance – December 31, 2013	$	11,596		$	—		$	(541	)	$	97		$	11,152		$	415	$	11,567
Net income	178			(1		)	175			—			352			—		352
Other comprehensive income (loss)	—			—			—			(39		)	(39		)	—		(39		)
Cash distributions (Note 3)	(392		)	—			(164		)	—			(556		)	—		(556		)
Contributions from The Williams Companies, Inc. - net	—			—			25			—			25			—		25
Issuance of Class D units in common control transaction (Note 1)	—			992			(992		)	—			—			—		—
Beneficial conversion feature of Class D units	117			(117		)	—			—			—			—		—
Amortization of beneficial conversion feature of Class D units	(5		)	5			—			—			—			—		—
Contributions from general partner	—			—			3			—			3			—		3
Contributions from noncontrolling interests	—			—			—			—			—			57		57
Balance – March 31, 2014	$	11,494		$	879		$	(1,494	)	$	58		$	10,937		$	472	$	11,409

See accompanying notes.

7

Williams Partners L.P.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(Unaudited)

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	352		$	344
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization	208			196
Cash provided (used) by changes in current assets and liabilities:
Accounts and notes receivable	(3		)	(36		)
Inventories	(27		)	(15		)
Other current assets and deferred charges	19			13
Accounts payable	(9		)	8
Accrued liabilities	18			18
Affiliate accounts receivable and payable – net	(27		)	(24		)
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities	18			51
Net cash provided by operating activities	549			555
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from (payments of) commercial paper – net	(225		)	—
Proceeds from long-term debt	1,496			770
Payments of long-term debt	—			(895		)
Proceeds from sales of common units	—			760
General partner contributions	3			20
Distributions to limited partners and general partner	(556		)	(442		)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests	57			—
Contributions from The Williams Companies, Inc. – net	50			105
Other – net	1			7
Net cash provided by financing activities	826			325
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Property, plant and equipment:
Capital expenditures	(724		)	(704		)
Net proceeds from dispositions	5			3
Purchase of businesses from affiliates	(25		)	25
Purchases of and contributions to equity-method investments	(215		)	(93		)
Other – net	9			1
Net cash used by investing activities	(950		)	(768		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	425			112
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	110			82
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	535		$	194

See accompanying notes.

8

Williams Partners L.P.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation

General

Our accompanying interim consolidated financial statements do not include all the notes in our annual financial statements and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2013, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accompanying unaudited financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments and others that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our interim financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, references in this report to “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar language refer to Williams Partners L.P. and its subsidiaries.

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership. Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company wholly owned by The Williams Companies, Inc. (Williams), serves as our general partner. As of March 31, 2014, Williams owns an approximate 64 percent limited partner interest, a 2 percent general partner interest and incentive distribution rights (IDRs) in us. All of our activities are conducted through Williams Partners Operating LLC, an operating limited liability company (wholly owned by us).

Description of Business

Our operations are located in North America and are organized into the following reportable segments: Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services.

Northeast G&P is comprised of our midstream gathering and processing businesses in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions, as well as a 51 percent equity investment in Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC (Laurel Mountain) and a 58 percent equity investment in Caiman Energy II, LLC (Caiman II).

Atlantic-Gulf is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC (Transco), and significant natural gas gathering and processing and crude production handling and transportation in the Gulf Coast region, as well as a 50 percent equity investment in Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C. (Gulfstream), a 41 percent interest in Constitution Pipeline Company, LLC (Constitution) (a consolidated entity), and a 60 percent equity investment in Discovery Producer Services LLC (Discovery).

West is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Northwest Pipeline LLC (Northwest Pipeline), and our gathering, processing and treating operations in New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming.

NGL & Petchem Services is comprised of our 83.3 percent undivided interest in an olefins production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, along with a refinery grade propylene splitter and pipelines in the Gulf Coast region, an oil sands offgas processing plant located near Fort McMurray, Alberta, and an NGL/olefin fractionation facility and butylene/butane splitter facility at Redwater, Alberta. This segment also includes our natural gas liquid (NGL) and natural gas marketing business, storage facilities and an undivided 50 percent interest in an NGL fractionator near Conway, Kansas, and a 50 percent equity investment in Overland Pass Pipeline, LLC (OPPL).

9

Notes (Continued)

Basis of Presentation

In February 2014, we acquired certain Canadian operations from Williams (Canada Acquisition) for total consideration of $25 million of cash (subject to certain closing adjustments), 25,577,521 Class D limited-partner units, and an increase in the capital account of our general partner to allow it to maintain its 2 percent general partner interest. In lieu of cash distributions, the Class D units will receive quarterly distributions of additional paid-in-kind Class D units, all of which will be convertible to common units beginning in the first quarter of 2016. The contribution agreement governing the Canada Acquisition provides that we can issue additional Class D units to Williams on a quarterly basis through 2015 for up to a total of $200 million in cash for the purpose of funding certain facility expansions. This common control acquisition was treated similar to a pooling of interests whereby the historical results of operations were combined with ours for all periods presented. These Canadian operations are reported in our NGL & Petchem Services segment.

The Canadian operations previously participated in Williams’ cash management program under a credit agreement with Williams. Net changes in amounts due to/from Williams prior to the Canada Acquisition, along with the cash consideration paid for the Canada Acquisition, are reflected within Contributions from The Williams Companies, Inc. - net within the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 

Prior period amounts and disclosures have been recast for this transaction.  The effect of recasting our financial statements to account for this transaction increased net income $23 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.  This acquisition does not impact historical earnings per unit as pre-acquisition earnings were allocated to our general partner.

Certain of our foreign subsidiaries use the Canadian dollar as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of such foreign subsidiaries are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date, and the combined statements of income are translated into the U.S. dollar at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting cumulative translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI).

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. Subsequent changes in exchange rates when the transactions are settled result in transaction gains and losses which are reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

AOCIis substantially comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments. These adjustments did not impact Net income in any of the periods presented.

Note 2 – Variable Interest Entities

Consolidated VIEs

As of March 31, 2014, we consolidate the following variable interest entities (VIEs):

Gulfstar One

We own a 51 percent interest in Gulfstar One LLC (Gulfstar One), a subsidiary that, due to certain risk-sharing provisions in its customer contracts, is a VIE. We are the primary beneficiary because we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact Gulfstar One’s economic performance. We, as construction agent for Gulfstar One, designed, constructed, and are installing a proprietary floating-production system, Gulfstar FPS™, and associated pipelines which will initially provide production handling and gathering services for the Tubular Bells oil and gas discovery in the eastern deepwater Gulf of Mexico. The project is expected to be in service in the third quarter of 2014. We have received certain advance payments from the producer customers and are committed to the producer customers to construct this system. The current estimate of the total remaining construction costs is less than $250 million, which

10

Notes (Continued)

we expect will be funded by us and our partner. The producer customers will be responsible for the firm price of building the facilities if they do not develop the offshore oil and gas fields to be connected to Gulfstar One.

In December 2013, we committed an additional amount to Gulfstar One to fund an expansion of the system that will provide production handling, gathering, and processing services for the Gunflint oil and gas discovery in the eastern deepwater Gulf of Mexico. The expansion project is expected to be in service in the first quarter of 2016. The current estimate of the total remaining construction costs for the Gunflint project is less than $134 million. The other equity partner has an option to participate in the funding of the expansion project on a proportional basis.

Constitution

We own a 41 percent interest in Constitution, a subsidiary that, due to shipper fixed-payment commitments under its firm transportation contracts, is a VIE. We are the primary beneficiary because we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact Constitution’s economic performance. We, as construction agent for Constitution, are building a pipeline connecting our gathering system in Susquehanna County, Pennsylvania, to the Iroquois Gas Transmission and the Tennessee Gas Pipeline systems. We plan to place the project in service in late 2015 to 2016 and estimate the total remaining construction costs of the project to be less than $600 million,which will be funded with capital contributions from us and the other equity partners, proportional to ownership interest.

The following table presents amounts included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are for the use or obligation of these VIEs, which are joint projects in the development and construction phase:

	March 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Classification
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	36		$	76		Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable	10			—			Trade accounts and notes receivable, net
Property, plant, and equipment	1,209			998			Property, plant, and equipment, at cost
Accounts payable	(153		)	(120		)	Accounts payable - trade
Construction retainage	(4		)	(3		)	Other accrued liabilities
Current deferred revenue	—			(10		)	Other accrued liabilities
Asset retirement obligation	(30		)	—			Asset retirement obligations, noncurrent
Noncurrent deferred revenue associated with customer advance payments	(130		)	(115		)	Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other

Nonconsolidated VIEs

We have also identified certain interests in VIEs for which we are not the primary beneficiary. These include:

Laurel Mountain

Our 51 percent-owned equity-method investment in Laurel Mountain is considered to be a VIE generally due to contractual provisions that transfer certain risks to customers. As decisions about the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of this entity require a unanimous vote of all members, we are not the primary beneficiary. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying value of this investment, which was $482 million at March 31, 2014.

Caiman II

In the first quarter of 2014, we contributed $119 million to Caiman Energy II, LLC (Caiman II) in exchange for an increased ownership of Caiman II. Following these contributions, we own a 58 percent interest in Caiman II, which

11

Notes (Continued)

is reported as an equity-method investment. Caiman II is considered to be a VIE because it has insufficient equity to finance the construction stage activities of its 50 percent interest in Blue Racer Midstream LLC, which is expanding the gathering and processing and associated liquids infrastructure serving oil and gas producers in the Utica shale primarily in Ohio and northwest Pennsylvania. We are not the primary beneficiary because we do not have the power to direct the activities of Caiman II that most significantly impact its economic performance. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the $500 million of total contributions that we have committed to make inclusive of contributions made to date. At March 31, 2014, the carrying value of our investment in Caiman II was $415 million, which substantially reflects our contributions to that date.

Note 3 – Allocation of Net Income and Distributions

The allocation of net income between our general partner and limited partners is as follows:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Allocation of net income to general partner:
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income applicable to pre-partnership operations allocated to general partner	(15		)	(23		)
Income subject to 2% allocation of general partner interest	337			321
General partner’s share of net income	2		%	2		%
General partner’s allocated share of net income before items directly allocable to general partner interest	7			6
Priority allocations, including incentive distributions, paid to general partner (1)	153			104
Pre-partnership net income allocated to general partner interest	15			23
Net income allocated to general partner	$	175		$	133
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income allocated to general partner	175			133
Net income allocated to Class D limited partners (2)	4			—
Net income allocated to common limited partners	$	173		$	211

(1) The net income allocated to the general partner’s capital account reflects IDRs paid during the current reporting period. In the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common unit, the net income allocated to the general partner includes IDRs pertaining to the current reporting period but paid in the subsequent period.

(2) The net income allocated to Class D limited partners includes the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature associated with these units.

12

Notes (Continued)

We paid or have authorized payment of the following partnership cash distributions during 2013 and 2014 (in millions, except for per unit amounts):

					General Partner
Payment Date	Per Unit Distribution		Common Units		2%		Incentive Distribution Rights		Total Cash Distribution
2/8/2013	$	0.8275	$	329	$	9	$	104	$	442
5/10/2013	0.8475		351		10		112		473
8/09/2013	0.8625		357		11		121		489
11/12/2013	0.8775		385		11		46		442
2/13/2014	0.8925		392		11		153		556
5/9/2014 (1)	0.9045		396		12		158		566

(1) The Board of Directors of our general partner declared this $0.9045 per common unit cash distribution on April 21, 2014, to be paid on May 9, 2014, to unitholders of record at the close of business on May 2, 2014.

The 2013 and 2014 cash distributions paid to our general partner in the table above have been reduced by $139 million resulting from the temporary waiver of IDRs associated with certain assets acquired in 2012 and an additional $90 million in IDRs waived by our general partner related to the third quarter 2013 distribution, to support our cash distribution metrics as our large platform of growth projects moves toward completion.

Class D Units

As previously mentioned (see Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation), a portion of the total consideration for the Canada Acquisition was funded through the issuance of Class D units to an affiliate of our general partner, which are convertible to common units on a one-for-one basis beginning in the first quarter of 2016. The Class D units were issued at a discount to the market price of our common units, into which they are convertible. The discount represents a beneficial conversion feature and is reflected as an increase in the common unit capital account and a decrease in the Class D capital account on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. This discount is being amortized through the conversion date in the first quarter of 2016, resulting in an increase to the Class D capital account and a decrease to the common unit capital account.

Distributions

The Class D units are not entitled to cash distributions. Instead, prior to conversion into common units, the Class D units receive quarterly distributions of additional paid-in-kind Class D units no later than the applicable distribution date. With respect to the Class D units, the number of Class D units to be issued in connection with a Class D unit distribution is the quotient of the amount of the per-unit distribution declared for a common unit for the applicable distribution period multiplied by the number of Class D units outstanding as of the record date, divided by the volume-weighted average price of a common unit calculated over the consecutive 30-day trading period prior to the declaration of the quarterly distribution to common units. On April 21, 2014, the Board of Directors of our general partner authorized the issuance of 456,916 Class D units as the Class D distribution, to be issued on May 9, 2014.

Earnings per unit

Basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit are calculated using the two-class method. At March 31, 2014, Class D units are anti-dilutive and therefore not included in calculating diluted earnings per common unit.

Note 4 – Other Income and Expenses

On June 13, 2013, an explosion and fire occurred at our Geismar olefins plant. The fire was extinguished on the day of the incident. The incident (Geismar Incident) rendered the facility temporarily inoperable and resulted in significant human, financial and operational effects.

13

Notes (Continued)

We have substantial insurance coverage for repair and replacement costs, lost production, and additional expenses related to the incident as follows:

• Property damage and business interruption coverage with a combined per-occurrence limit of $500 million and retentions (deductibles) of $10 million per occurrence for property damage and a waiting period of 60 days per occurrence for business interruption;

• General liability coverage with per-occurrence and aggregate annual limits of $610 million and retentions (deductibles) of $2 million per occurrence;

• Workers’ compensation coverage with statutory limits and retentions (deductibles) of $1 million total per occurrence.

During the first quarter of 2014, we received $125 million of insurance recoveries related to the Geismar Incident and incurred $6 million of related covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles). These amounts are reflected at NGL & Petchem Services as a net gain in Net insurance recoveries – Geismar Incident within Costs and expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Note 5 – Provision for Income Taxes

The Provision for income taxes includes:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014		2013
	(Millions)
Current:
State	$	—	$	3
Foreign	—		2
	—		5
Deferred:
State	1		—
Foreign	7		10
	8		10
Total provision	$	8	$	15

The effective income tax rates for the total provision for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are less than the federal statutory rate due to income not subject to U.S. federal tax, partially offset by taxes on foreign operations and the effect of Texas franchise tax.

We generally are not a taxable entity for income tax purposes, with the exception of Texas franchise tax and foreign income taxes associated with our Canadian operations. Other income taxes on net income are generally borne by individual partners. Net income for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income of unitholders as a result of differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and the taxable income allocation requirements under our partnership agreement. The aggregated difference in the basis of our net assets for financial and tax reporting purposes cannot be readily determined because information regarding each partner’s tax attributes in us is not available to us.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the liability method and are provided on all temporary differences between the financial basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Our management’s judgment and income tax assumptions are used to determine the levels, if any, of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets.

14

Notes (Continued)

Note 6 – Inventories

	March 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
	(Millions)
Natural gas liquids, olefins, and natural gas in underground storage	$	141	$	111
Materials, supplies, and other	81		83
	$	222	$	194

Note 7 – Debt and Banking Arrangements

Long-Term Debt

Issuances

On March 4, 2014, we completed a public offering of $1 billion of 4.3 percent senior unsecured notes due 2024 and $500 million of 5.4 percent senior unsecured notes due 2044. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repay amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program and expect to use the remainder to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes.

Credit Facility

Letter of credit capacity under our $2.5 billion credit facility is $1.3 billion. At March 31, 2014, no letters of credit have been issued and no loans are outstanding under our credit facility. We issued letters of credit totaling $9 million as of March 31, 2014, under a certain bilateral bank agreement.

15

Notes (Continued)

Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements and Guarantee

The following table presents, by level within the fair value hierarchy, certain of our financial assets and liabilities. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, commercial paper, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Therefore, these assets and liabilities are not presented in the following table.

							Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying  Amount			Fair Value			Quoted Prices In Active  Markets for  Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities) at March 31, 2014:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	45		$	45		$	45	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(2		)	(2		)	—		—			(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	8			8			2		6			—
Long-term debt, including current portion	(10,553		)	(11,306		)	—		(11,306		)	—
Assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2013:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	33		$	33		$	33	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(3		)	(3		)	—		(1		)	(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	7			7			1		6			—
Long-term debt	(9,057		)	(9,581		)	—		(9,581		)	—

Fair Value Methods

We use the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments:

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

ARO Trust investments: Transco deposits a portion of its collected rates, pursuant to its rate case settlement, into an external trust (ARO Trust) that is specifically designated to fund future asset retirement obligations. The ARO Trust invests in a portfolio of actively traded mutual funds that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on quoted prices in an active market, is classified as available-for-sale, and is reported in Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are ultimately recorded as regulatory assets or liabilities.

Energy derivatives: Energy derivatives include commodity based exchange-traded contracts and over-the-counter (OTC) contracts, which consist of physical forwards, futures, and swaps that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value amounts are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect the netting of asset and liability positions permitted under the terms of our master netting arrangements. Further, the amounts do not include cash held on deposit in margin accounts that we have received or remitted to collateralize certain derivative positions. Energy derivatives

16

Notes (Continued)

assets are reported in Other current assets and Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Energy derivatives liabilities are reported in Other accrued liabilities and Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reclassifications of fair value between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, if applicable, are made at the end of each quarter. No transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 or 2013.

Additional fair value disclosures

Notes receivable and other: The disclosed fair value of our notes receivable is primarily determined by an income approach which considers the underlying contract amounts and our assessment of our ability to recover these amounts. The current portion is reported in Trade accounts and notes receivable, net and the noncurrent portion is reported in Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Long-term debt: The disclosed fair value of our long-term debt is determined by a market approach using broker quoted indicative period-end bond prices. The quoted prices are based on observable transactions in less active markets for our debt or similar instruments.

Guarantee

We are required by our revolving credit agreement to indemnify lenders for certain taxes required to be withheld from payments due to the lenders and for certain tax payments made by the lenders. The maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnifications is based on the related borrowings and such future payments cannot currently be determined. These indemnifications generally continue indefinitely unless limited by the underlying tax regulations and have no carrying value. We have never been called upon to perform under these indemnifications and have no current expectation of a future claim.

Note 9 – Contingent Liabilities

Environmental Matters

We are a participant in certain environmental activities in various stages including assessment studies, cleanup operations and remedial processes at certain sites, some of which we currently do not own. We are monitoring these sites in a coordinated effort with other potentially responsible parties, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and other governmental authorities. We are jointly and severally liable along with unrelated third parties in some of these activities and solely responsible in others. Certain of our subsidiaries have been identified as potentially responsible parties at various Superfund and state waste disposal sites. In addition, these subsidiaries have incurred, or are alleged to have incurred, various other hazardous materials removal or remediation obligations under environmental laws. As of March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities totaling $20 million for these matters, as discussed below. Our accrual reflects the most likely costs of cleanup, which are generally based on completed assessment studies, preliminary results of studies or our experience with other similar cleanup operations. Certain assessment studies are still in process for which the ultimate outcome may yield significantly different estimates of most likely costs. Any incremental amount in excess of amounts currently accrued cannot be reasonably estimated at this time due to uncertainty about the actual number of contaminated sites ultimately identified, the actual amount and extent of contamination discovered and the final cleanup standards mandated by the EPA and other governmental authorities.

The EPA and various state regulatory agencies routinely promulgate and propose new rules, and issue updated guidance to existing rules. More recent rules and rulemakings include, but are not limited to, rules for reciprocating internal combustion engine maximum achievable control technology, new air quality standards for ground level ozone, one hour nitrogen dioxide emission limits, and new air quality standards impacting storage vessels, pressure valves, and compressors. We are unable to estimate the costs of asset additions or modifications necessary to comply with these new regulations due to uncertainty created by the various legal challenges to these regulations and the need for further specific regulatory guidance.

17

Notes (Continued)

Our interstate gas pipelines are involved in remediation activities related to certain facilities and locations for polychlorinated biphenyls, mercury, and other hazardous substances. These activities have involved the EPA and various state environmental authorities, resulting in our identification as a potentially responsible party at various Superfund waste sites. At March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities of $13 million for these costs. We expect that these costs will be recoverable through rates.

We also accrue environmental remediation costs for natural gas underground storage facilities, primarily related to soil and groundwater contamination. At March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities totaling $7 million for these costs.

Geismar Incident

As a result of the previously discussed Geismar Incident, there were two fatalities, and numerous individuals (including affiliate employees and contractors) reported injuries, which varied from minor to serious. We are cooperating with the Chemical Safety Board and the EPA regarding their investigations of the Geismar Incident. On October 21, 2013, the EPA issued an Inspection Report pursuant to the Clean Air Act’s Risk Management Program following its inspection of the facility on June 24 through 28, 2013. The report notes the EPA’s preliminary determinations about the facility’s documentation regarding process safety, process hazard analysis, as well as operating procedures, employee training, and other matters.  We and the EPA continue to discuss such preliminary determinations, and the EPA could issue penalties pertaining to final determinations.  On December 11, 2013, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) issued citations in connection with its investigation of the June 13, 2013 incident, which included a Notice of Penalty for $99,000. Although we and OSHA continue settlement negotiations, we are contesting the citations. On June 25, 2013, OSHA commenced a second inspection pursuant to its Refinery and Chemical National Emphasis Program (NEP). OSHA has not issued any citation to us in connection with this NEP inspection. There is a six month statute of limitations for violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 or regulations promulgated under such act. On June 28, 2013, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) issued a Consolidated Compliance Order & Notice of Potential Penalty to Williams Olefins, L.L.C. that consolidates claims of unpermitted emissions and other deviations under the Clean Air Act that the parties had been negotiating since 2010 and alleged unpermitted emissions arising from the Geismar Incident. Negotiations with the LDEQ are ongoing. Any potential fines and penalties from these agencies would not be covered by our insurance policy. Additionally, multiple lawsuits, including class actions for alleged offsite impacts, property damage, and personal injury, have been filed against various of our subsidiaries.

Due to the ongoing investigation into the cause of the incident, and the limited information available associated with the filed lawsuits, which do not specify any amounts for claimed damages, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss related to these contingencies at this time.

Transco 2012 Rate Case

On August 31, 2012, Transco submitted to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) a general rate filing principally designed to recover increased costs and to comply with the terms of the settlement in its prior rate proceedings. The new rates became effective March 1, 2013, subject to refund and the outcome of the hearing. On August 27, 2013, Transco filed a stipulation and agreement with the FERC proposing to resolve all issues in this proceeding without the need for a hearing (Agreement). On December 6, 2013, the FERC issued an order approving the Agreement without modifications. Pursuant to its terms, the Agreement became effective March 1, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, Accounts Payable Trade includes $118 million for rate refunds that were subsequently paid on April 18, 2014.

Other

In addition to the foregoing, various other proceedings are pending against us which are incidental to our operations.

Summary

We estimate that for all matters for which we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, including those noted above and others that are not individually significant, our aggregate reasonably possible losses beyond amounts accrued

18

Notes (Continued)

for all of our contingent liabilities are immaterial to our expected future annual results of operations, liquidity, and financial position. These calculations have been made without consideration of any potential recovery from third parties. We disclose all significant matters for which we are unable to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss.

Note 10 – Segment Disclosures

Our reportable segments are Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services. (See Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation.)

Performance Measurement

We currently evaluate segment operating performance based on Segment profit (loss) from operations, which includes Segment revenues from external and internal customers, segment costs and expenses,Equity earnings (losses), and Income (loss) from investments. General corporate expenses represent Selling, general, and administrative expenses that are not allocated to our segments. Intersegment revenues primarily represent the sale of NGLs from our natural gas processing plants to our marketing business and are generally accounted for at current market prices as if the sales were to unaffiliated third parties.

19

Notes (Continued)

The following table reflects the reconciliation of Segment revenues and Segment profit (loss) to Totalrevenues and Operating income as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

	Northeast G&P			Atlantic- Gulf		West		NGL & Petchem Services			Eliminations			Total
	(Millions)
Three months ended March 31, 2014
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	99		$	378	$	256	$	30		$	—		$	763
Internal	—			1		—		—			(1		)	—
Total service revenues	99			379		256		30			(1		)	763
Product sales
External	60			152		19		699			—			930
Internal	—			69		126		76			(271		)	—
Total product sales	60			221		145		775			(271		)	930
Total revenues	$	159		$	600	$	401	$	805		$	(272	)	$	1,693
Segment profit (loss)	$	6		$	165	$	165	$	167					$	503
Less equity earnings (losses)	1			15		—		7						23
Segment operating income (loss)	$	5		$	150	$	165	$	160					480
General corporate expenses														(40		)
Operating income														$	440
Three months ended March 31, 2013
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	63		$	354	$	258	$	27		$	—		$	702
Internal	—			4		—		—			(4		)	—
Total service revenues	63			358		258		27			(4		)	702
Product sales
External	20			205		26		853			—			1,104
Internal	—			26		173		78			(277		)	—
Total product sales	20			231		199		931			(277		)	1,104
Total revenues	$	83		$	589	$	457	$	958		$	(281	)	$	1,806
Segment profit (loss)	$	(9	)	$	159	$	186	$	158					$	494
Less:
Equity earnings (losses)	(3		)	16		—		5						18
Income (loss) from investments	—			—		—		(1		)				(1		)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	(6	)	$	143	$	186	$	154					477
General corporate expenses														(45		)
Operating income														$	432

20

Notes (Continued)

The following table reflects Total assets by reportable segment.  

	Total Assets
	March 31,   2014			December 31,   2013
	(Millions)
Northeast G&P	$	6,658		$	6,229
Atlantic-Gulf	10,315			10,007
West	4,737			4,767
NGL & Petchem Services	3,207			3,035
Other corporate assets	613			147
Eliminations (1)	(739		)	(614		)
Total	$	24,791		$	23,571

(1) Eliminations primarily relate to the intercompany accounts receivable generated by our cash management program.

Note 11 – Subsequent Event

On April 23, 2014, an explosion and fire occurred at our natural gas processing facility near Opal, Wyoming. There were no reported injuries or damage to property outside the facility. The facility was immediately shut down and natural gas gathering from surrounding producing areas was temporarily suspended as a result of the incident.

The facility is primarily comprised of five turbo-expander (TXP) cryogenic gas-processing units. Although we have not yet made a full assessment of all plant equipment, the initial visual assessment of damage indicates that the impact was largely limited to the TXP-3 unit. We are inspecting the damaged equipment in cooperation with regulatory authorities and developing preliminary plans to bring the other four units back into service. The capacity of the four undamaged plants is sufficient to handle all of the natural gas currently available to the facility.

We have insurance coverage, subject to retentions (deductibles), for property damage and business interruption that we expect to significantly mitigate the financial effects of the incident.

21

Item 2

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

We are an energy infrastructure company focused on connecting North America’s significant hydrocarbon resource plays to growing markets for natural gas, NGLs, and olefins through our gas pipeline and midstream businesses.

Our interstate natural gas pipeline strategy is to create value by maximizing the utilization of our pipeline capacity by providing high quality, low cost transportation of natural gas to large and growing markets. Our gas pipeline businesses’ interstate transmission and storage activities are subject to regulation by the FERC and as such, our rates and charges for the transportation of natural gas in interstate commerce, and the extension, expansion or abandonment of jurisdictional facilities and accounting, among other things, are subject to regulation. The rates are established through the FERC’s ratemaking process. Changes in commodity prices and volumes transported have limited near-term impact on transmission revenues because the majority of cost of service is recovered through firm capacity reservation charges in transportation rates.

The ongoing strategy of our midstream operations is to safely and reliably operate large-scale midstream infrastructure where our assets can be fully utilized and drive low per-unit costs. We focus on consistently attracting new business by providing highly reliable service to our customers. These services include natural gas gathering, processing and treating, NGL fractionation and transportation, crude oil production handling and transportation, olefin production, marketing services for NGL, oil and natural gas, as well as storage facilities.

Our reportable segments are Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services.

• Northeast G&P is comprised of our midstream gathering and processing businesses in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions, as well as a 51 percent equity investment in Laurel Mountain and a 58 percent equity investment in Caiman II.

• Atlantic-Gulf is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Transco, and significant natural gas gathering and processing and crude oil production handling and transportation in the Gulf Coast region, as well as a 50 percent equity investment in Gulfstream, a 60 percent equity investment in Discovery, and a 41 percent interest in Constitution (a consolidated entity).

• West is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Northwest Pipeline, and our gathering, processing and treating operations in New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming.

• NGL & Petchem Services is comprised of our 83.3 percent interest in an olefins production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, along with a refinery grade propylene splitter and various petrochemical and feedstock pipelines in the Gulf Coast region, an oil sands offgas processing plant near Fort McMurray, Alberta, and an NGL/olefin fractionation facility and B/B splitter facility at Redwater, Alberta. This segment also includes an NGL and natural gas marketing business, storage facilities and an undivided 50 percent interest in an NGL fractionator near Conway, Kansas, and a 50 percent equity investment in OPPL. We produce olefins and NGLs.

As of March 31, 2014, Williams holds an approximate 66 percent interest in us, comprised of an approximate 64 percent limited partner interest and all of our 2 percent general partner interest and incentive distribution rights.

Unless indicated otherwise, the following discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition and liquidity should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of this Form 10‑Q and our 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K dated February 26, 2014.

22

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Distributions

In April 2014, our general partner’s Board of Directors approved a quarterly distribution to unitholders of $0.9045 per common unit, an increase of approximately 1 percent over the prior quarter and 7 percent over the same period in the prior year. We expect to increase limited partner per-unit cash distributions by approximately 6 percent in 2014 and 2015.

Overview of Three Months Ended March 31, 2014

Our results for the first three months of 2014, as compared to the same period of the prior year, were favorable primarily due to higher fee revenues, partially offset by lower NGL margins driven by lower volumes and higher gas prices, as well as higher operating costs associated with ongoing growth in our Northeast G&P operations. See additional discussion in Results of Operations.

Abundant and low-cost natural gas reserves in the United States continue to drive strong demand for midstream and pipeline infrastructure. We believe that we have successfully positioned our energy infrastructure businesses for significant future growth.

Canada Acquisition

On February 28, 2014, we acquired certain of Williams’ Canadian operations for total consideration valued at approximately $1.2 billion. The operations included an oil sands offgas processing plant near Fort McMurray, Alberta, an NGL/olefin fractionation facility and butylene/butane splitter facility at Redwater, Alberta and the Boreal pipeline. We funded the transaction with $25 million of cash (subject to certain closing adjustments), the issuance of 25,577,521 Class D limited-partner units, and an increase in the capital account of our general partner to allow it to maintain its 2 percent general partner interest. In lieu of cash distributions, the Class D units will receive quarterly distributions of additional paid-in-kind Class D units. All Class D units outstanding will be convertible to common units beginning in the first quarter of 2016. The contribution agreement governing the Canada Acquisition provides that we can issue additional Class D units to Williams on a quarterly basis through 2015 for up to a total of $200 million in cash for the purpose of funding certain facility expansions.

Opal Incident

On April 23, 2014, an explosion and fire occurred at our natural gas processing facility near Opal, Wyoming. There were no reported injuries or damage to property outside the facility. The facility was immediately shut down and natural gas gathering from surrounding producing areas was temporarily suspended as a result of the incident. The facility is primarily comprised of five turbo-expander (TXP) cryogenic gas-processing units. Although we have not yet made a full assessment of all plant equipment, the initial visual assessment of damage indicates that the impact was largely limited to the TXP-3 unit. We are inspecting the damaged equipment in cooperation with regulatory authorities and developing preliminary plans to bring the other four units back into service. The capacity of the four undamaged plants is sufficient to handle all of the natural gas currently available to the facility.

We have insurance coverage, subject to retentions (deductibles), for property damage and business interruption that we expect to significantly mitigate the financial effects of the incident.

Geismar Incident

On June 13, 2013, an explosion and fire occurred at our Geismar olefins plant. The fire was extinguished on the day of the incident. The Geismar Incident rendered the facility temporarily inoperable and resulted in significant human, financial, and operational effects. This facility is part of our NGL & Petchem Services segment.

23

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

We have substantial insurance coverage for repair and replacement costs, lost production and additional expenses related to the incident as follows:

• Property damage and business interruption coverage with a combined per-occurrence limit of $500 million and retentions (deductibles) of $10 million per occurrence for property damage and a 60-day waiting period per occurrence for business interruption;

• General liability coverage with per-occurrence and aggregate annual limits of $610 million and retentions (deductibles) of $2 million per occurrence;

• Workers’ compensation coverage with statutory limits and retentions (deductibles) of $1 million total per occurrence.

During the first quarter of 2014, we received $125 million of insurance recoveries related to the Geismar Incident and incurred $6 million of related covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles). These amounts are reflected as a net gain in Net insurance recoveries- Geismar Incident within Costs and expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Following the repair and an expansion of the plant, the Geismar plant is expected to begin start-up in the latter-half of June 2014. We expect our insurance coverage will significantly mitigate our financial loss. We currently estimate cash recoveries from insurers of approximately $430 million related to business interruption and approximately $70 million related to the repair of the plant. Of these amounts, we received $50 million of insurance proceeds during 2013 and $125 million in the first quarter of 2014. We are impacted by certain uninsured losses, including amounts associated with the 60-day waiting period for business interruption, as well as other deductibles, policy limits, and uninsured expenses. Our assumptions and estimates, including the timing for the expanded plant return to operation, repair cost estimates, and insurance proceeds associated with our property damage and business interruption coverage are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause the actual results to be materially different.

Northeast G&P

Caiman II

As a result of $119 million of contributions made in the first quarter of 2014, our ownership in the Caiman II joint project has increased to 58 percent at March 31, 2014. These contributions are used to fund Caiman II’s 50 percent investment in Blue Racer Midstream LLC, which is expanding gathering and processing and the associated liquids infrastructure serving oil and gas producers in the Utica Shale.

Atlantic-Gulf

New Transco rates effective

On August 31, 2012, Transco submitted to the FERC a general rate filing principally designed to recover increased costs and to comply with the terms of the settlement in its prior rate proceeding. The new rates became effective March 1, 2013, subject to refund and the outcome of a hearing. On August 27, 2013, Transco filed a stipulation and agreement with the FERC proposing to resolve all issues in this proceeding without the need for a hearing (Agreement). On December 6, 2013, the FERC issued an order approving the Agreement without modifications. Pursuant to its terms, the Agreement became effective March 1, 2014. We accrued $118 million for rate refunds as of March 31, 2014, which were subsequently paid on April 18, 2014.

Volatile Commodity Prices

NGL margins were approximately 26 percent lower in the first three months of 2014 compared to the same period of 2013 driven by lower volumes, as well as higher natural gas prices, partially offset by favorable non-ethane prices. Volumes declined primarily due to a customer contract in the West that expired in September 2013, as well as higher

24

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

inventory levels. Due to unfavorable ethane economics, we continued our reduced recoveries of ethane in our domestic plants in the first quarter of 2014, consistent with the same period in 2013.

NGL margins are defined as NGL revenues less any applicable Btu replacement cost, plant fuel, and third-party transportation and fractionation. Per-unit NGL margins are calculated based on sales of our own equity volumes at the processing plants. Our equity volumes include NGLs where we own the rights to the value from NGLs recovered at our plants under both “keep-whole” processing agreements, where we have the obligation to replace the lost heating value with natural gas, and “percent-of-liquids” agreements whereby we receive a portion of the extracted liquids with no obligation to replace the lost heating value.

The following graph illustrates the effects of this price volatility, notably the decline in equity ethane sales driven by reduced recoveries, as well as the margin differential between ethane and non-ethane products and the relative mix of those products.

Company Outlook

Our strategy is to provide large-scale energy infrastructure designed to maximize the opportunities created by the vast supply of natural gas, natural gas products, and crude oil that exists in North America. We seek to accomplish this through further developing our scale positions in current key markets and basins and entering new growth markets and basins where we can become the large-scale service provider. We will maintain a strong commitment to safety, environmental stewardship, operational excellence and customer satisfaction. We believe that accomplishing these goals will position us to deliver an attractive return to our unitholders.

Fee-based businesses are a significant component of our portfolio. As we continue to transition to an overall business mix that is increasingly fee-based, the influence of commodity price fluctuations on our operating results and cash flows is expected to become somewhat less significant.

25

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

As previously noted, the financial impact of the Geismar Incident is expected to be significantly mitigated by our insurance policies. We expect the timing of recognizing recoveries under our business interruption policy will favorably impact our operating results in 2014.

Our business plan for 2014 reflects both significant capital investment and continued growth in distributions. Our planned capital investments for 2014 total approximately $3.6 billion. We also expect approximately 6 percent growth in 2014 per common unit distributions. We expect to maintain an attractive cost of capital and reliable access to capital markets, both of which will allow us to pursue development projects and acquisitions.

Potential risks and obstacles that could impact the execution of our plan include:

• General economic, financial markets, or industry downturn;

• Unexpected significant increases in capital expenditures or delays in capital project execution;

• Lower than anticipated or delay in receiving insurance recoveries associated with the Geismar Incident;

• Limited availability of capital due to a change in our financial condition, interest rates, market or industry conditions;

• Lower than expected levels of cash flow from operations;

• Counterparty credit and performance risk;

• Decreased volumes from third parties served by our midstream business;

• Lower than anticipated energy commodity prices and margins;

• Changes in the political and regulatory environments;

• Physical damages to facilities, including damage to offshore facilities by named windstorms;

• Reduced availability of insurance coverage.

We continue to address these risks through maintaining a strong financial position and ample liquidity, as well as through managing a diversified portfolio of energy infrastructure assets.

In 2014, we anticipate an overall improvement in operating results compared to 2013 primarily due to an increase in our fee based, olefins, and Canadian midstream businesses, partially offset by lower NGL margins and higher operating expenses associated with the growth of our business.

The following factors, among others, could impact our businesses in 2014.

Commodity price changes

NGL and olefin price changes have historically correlated somewhat with changes in the price of crude oil, although NGL, olefin, crude, and natural gas prices are highly volatile and difficult to predict. Commodity margins are highly dependent upon regional supply/demand balances of natural gas as they relate to NGL margins, while olefins are impacted by continued demand within the global economy. NGL prices will benefit from exports to satisfy global demand. NGL products are currently the preferred feedstock for ethylene and propylene production and are expected to remain advantaged over crude-based feedstocks into the foreseeable future. We continue to benefit from our strategic feedstock cost advantage in propylene production from Canadian oil sands offgas.

26

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

We anticipate the following trends in overall commodity prices in 2014 as compared to 2013:

• Natural gas prices are expected to be higher in part due to the additional demand to replace the gas volumes withdrawn during the colder than normal weather over the past winter season.

• Ethane prices are expected to be somewhat higher due to a modest increase in demand as well as slightly higher natural gas prices.  

• Propane prices are expected to be higher from an increase in exports and higher natural gas prices.

• Propylene prices are expected to be comparable to 2013 prices.

• Ethylene prices are expected to be slightly lower as compared to 2013 prices.  The overall ethylene crack spread is also expected to be slightly lower due to the anticipated lower sales price and a projected higher ethane price. 

Gathering, processing, and NGL sales volumes

The growth of natural gas production supporting our gathering and processing volumes is impacted by producer drilling activities, which are influenced by commodity prices including natural gas, ethane and propane prices. In addition, the natural decline in production rates in producing areas impact the amount of gas available for gathering and processing. Due in part to the higher natural gas prices in the early part of 2014, we anticipate that overall drilling economics will improve slightly, which will benefit us in the long-term.

• In our Northeast G&P segment, we anticipate significant growth compared to the prior year in our natural gas gathering and processing volumes as our infrastructure grows to support drilling activities in the region.

• In our Atlantic-Gulf segment, we anticipate higher natural gas transportation revenues compared to 2013, as a result of expansion projects placed into service at Transco in 2013 and anticipated to be placed in service in 2014. We also expect higher production handling volumes compared to 2013, following the scheduled completion of Gulfstar FPS™ in third quarter 2014.

• Our West segment expects an unfavorable impact in equity NGL volumes in 2014 compared to 2013, primarily due to a customer contract that expired in September 2013.

• In 2014, we anticipate a continuation of periods when it will not be economical to recover ethane in our domestic businesses.

• Our NGL & Petchem Services segment anticipates new ethane volumes in 2014 associated with the fourth quarter 2013 completion of the Canadian ethane recovery project, which is expected to benefit from a contractual minimum ethane sales price.

Olefin production volumes

• Our NGL & Petchem Services segment anticipates higher ethylene volumes in 2014 compared to 2013, substantially due to the repair and expansion of the Geismar plant expected to begin start-up in the latter-half of June 2014.

• Our NGL & Petchem Services segment expects higher propylene volumes in 2014 than 2013. Volumes in 2013 were negatively impacted by both a planned maintenance turnaround and downtime associated with the tie-in of the Canadian ethane recovery project.

27

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Other

• Our NGL & Petchem Services segment received insurance recoveries of $50 million and $125 million in 2013 and the first quarter of 2014, respectively, related to the Geismar Incident and expects to receive additional insurance recoveries related to the Geismar Incident that will favorably impact our operating results in 2014.

• We anticipate higher operating expenses in 2014 compared to 2013, including depreciation expense related to our growing operations in our Northeast G&P segment and expansion projects in our Atlantic-Gulf and NGL & Petchem Services segments.

• In our Atlantic-Gulf segment, we expect higher equity earnings compared to 2013 following the scheduled completion of Discovery’s Keathley Canyon Connector™ lateral in the fourth quarter of 2014.

Expansion Projects

We expect to invest total capital in 2014 among our business segments as follows:

	Expansion Capital
Segment:	(Millions)
Northeast G&P	$	1,400
Atlantic-Gulf	1,325
West	75
NGL & Petchem Services	450

Our ongoing major expansion projects include the following:

Northeast G&P

• Expansion of our gathering infrastructure including compression and gathering pipelines in the Susquehanna Supply Hub in northeastern Pennsylvania as production in the Marcellus increases. The Susquehanna Supply Hub is expected to reach a natural gas take away capacity of 3 Bcf/d by 2015.

• In the first quarter of 2014, we completed a 30 Mbbls/d expansion of the Moundsville fractionator facility in the Marcellus Shale. In addition, we have several significant projects under construction with targeted construction completion in the first half of 2014. We are completing an installation of 40 Mbbls/d of deethanization capacity, a 50-mile ethane pipeline, condensate stabilization, and the first 200 MMcf/d of processing at Oak Grove.

• Expansions to the Laurel Mountain gathering system infrastructure to increase the capacity to 667 MMcf/d by the end of 2015 through capital contributions to this equity investment.

• Construction of the Blue Racer Midstream joint project, an expansion to gathering and processing and the associated liquids infrastructure serving oil and gas producers in the Utica Shale, primarily in Ohio and Northwest Pennsylvania through capital to be invested within our Caiman II equity investment. Expansion plans included the addition of Natrium II, a second 200 MMcf/d processing plant, at Natrium, which was completed in April 2014. Construction of an additional 200 MMcf/d processing plant is underway at the Berne complex in Monroe County, Ohio. Berne I is expected to come online in the fourth quarter of 2014.

28

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Atlantic-Gulf

• We designed, constructed, and are installing our Gulfstar FPS™, a spar-based floating production system that utilizes a standard design approach with a capacity of 60 Mbbls/d of oil, up to 200 MMcf/d of natural gas, and the capability to provide seawater injection services. Installation is under way and the project is expected to be in service in the third quarter of 2014. In December 2013, Gulfstar One agreed to host the Gunflint development, which will result in an expansion of the Gulfstar One system to provide production handling capacity of 20 Mbbls/d and 40 MMcf/d for Gunflint. The Gunflint project is expected to be completed in the first quarter of 2016, dependent on the producer’s development activities.

• Discovery is constructing a 215-mile, 20-inch deepwater lateral pipeline in the central deepwater Gulf of Mexico that it will own and operate. Discovery has signed long-term agreements with anchor customers for natural gas gathering and processing services for production from the Keathley Canyon and Green Canyon areas. The Keathley Canyon Connector™ lateral will originate from a third-party floating production facility in the southeast portion of the Keathley Canyon area and will connect to Discovery’s existing 30-inch offshore natural gas transmission system. The gas will be processed at Discovery’s Larose Plant and the NGLs will be fractionated at Discovery’s Paradis Fractionator. The lateral pipeline is estimated to have the capacity to flow more than 400 MMcf/d and will accommodate the tie-in of other deepwater prospects. The pipeline is expected to be in service in the fourth quarter of 2014.

• The Atlantic Sunrise Expansion Project involves an expansion of Transco’s existing natural gas transmission system along with greenfield facilities to provide firm transportation from the northeastern Marcellus producing area to markets along Transco’s mainline as far south as Station 85 in Alabama.  We plan to file an application with the FERC in the second quarter of 2015 for approval of the project.  We plan to place the project into service during the second half of 2017, assuming timely receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, and it is expected to increase capacity by 1,700 Mdth/d.

• In September 2013, we filed an application with the FERC for Transco’s Leidy Southeast Expansion project to expand our existing natural gas transmission system from the Marcellus Shale production region on Transco’s Leidy Line in Pennsylvania to delivery points along its mainline as far south as Station 85 in Alabama. We plan to place the project into service during the fourth quarter of 2015, assuming timely receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, and expect it to increase capacity by 525 Mdth/d.

• In April 2014, we received approval from the FERC to construct and operate an expansion of Transco’s Mobile Bay line south from Station 85 in west central Alabama to delivery points along the line. We plan to place the project into service during the second quarter of 2015 and it is expected to increase capacity on the line by 225 Mdth/d.

• In June 2013, we filed an application with the FERC for authorization to construct and operate the jointly owned Constitution pipeline. We currently own 41 percent of Constitution with three other parties holding 25 percent, 24 percent, and 10 percent, respectively. We will be the operator of Constitution. The 124-mile Constitution pipeline will connect our gathering system in Susquehanna County, Pennsylvania, to the Iroquois Gas Transmission and Tennessee Gas Pipeline systems in New York. We plan to place the project into service in late 2015 to 2016, assuming timely receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, with an expected capacity of 650 Mdth/d. The pipeline is fully subscribed with two shippers.

• In April 2013, we filed an application with the FERC for Transco’s Northeast Connector project to expand our existing natural gas transmission system from southeastern Pennsylvania to the proposed Rockaway Delivery Lateral. We plan to place the project into service during the fourth quarter of 2014, assuming timely receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, and expect it to increase capacity by 100 Mdth/d.

29

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

• In January 2013, we filed an application with the FERC for Transco’s Rockaway Delivery Lateral project to construct a three-mile offshore lateral to a distribution system in New York. We plan to place the project into service during the fourth quarter of 2014, assuming timely receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals, and the capacity of the lateral is expected to be 647 Mdth/d.

• In November 2013, we received approval from the FERC for Transco’s Virginia Southside project to expand our existing natural gas transmission system from New Jersey to a proposed power station in Virginia and a delivery point in North Carolina. We plan to place the project into service during the third quarter of 2015, and expect it to increase capacity by 270 Mdth/d.

West

• Due to a reduction in drilling in the Piceance basin during 2012 and early 2013, we delayed the in-service date of our 350 MMcf/d cryogenic natural gas processing plant in Parachute that was planned for service in 2014. We are currently planning an in-service date in mid-2016. We will continue to monitor the situation to determine whether a different in-service date is warranted.

NGL & Petchem Services

• As a result of the Geismar Incident, the expansion of our Geismar olefins production facility is expected to be completed when the Geismar plant returns to operation. We expect the plant to begin start-up in the latter-half of June 2014. The expansion is expected to increase the facility’s ethylene production capacity by 600 million pounds per year to a new annual capacity of 1.95 billion pounds. The additional capacity will be wholly owned by us and is expected to increase our ownership of the Geismar production facility from the current 83.3 percent.

• In association with Williams’ long-term agreement to provide gas processing to a second bitumen upgrader in Canada’s oil sands near Fort McMurray, Alberta, we have a long-term agreement with Williams to provide fractionation service and plan to increase the capacity of the Redwater facilities where NGL/olefins mixtures will be fractionated into an ethane/ethylene mix, propane, polymer grade propylene, normal butane, an alkylation feed and condensate. This project is expected to be placed into service during the third quarter of 2015. We will receive a fee based payment from Williams for the fractionation service we provide to it.

30

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Results of Operations

Consolidated Overview

The following table and discussion is a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2014, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2013. The results of operations by segment are discussed in further detail following this consolidated overview discussion.

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013			$ Change*	% Change*
	(Millions)
Revenues:
Service revenues	$	763		$	702		+61	+9%
Product sales	930			1,104			-174	-16%
Total revenues	1,693			1,806
Costs and expenses:
Product costs	769			790			+21	+3%
Operating and maintenance expenses	248			257			+9	+4%
Depreciation and amortization expenses	208			196			-12	-6%
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	130			130			—	—
Net insurance recoveries – Geismar Incident	(119		)	—			+119	NM
Other (income) expense – net	17			1			-16	NM
Total costs and expenses	1,253			1,374
Operating income	440			432
Equity earnings (losses)	23			18			+5	+28%
Interest expense	(106		)	(96		)	-10	-10%
Other investing income (loss) – net	—			(1		)	+1	+100%
Other income (expense) – net	3			6			-3	-50%
Income before income taxes	360			359
Provision for income taxes	8			15			+7	+47%
Net income	$	352		$	344

* + = Favorable change; - = Unfavorable change; NM = A percentage calculation is not meaningful due to a change in signs, a zero-value denominator, or a percentage change greater than 200.

Three months ended March 31, 2014 vs. three months ended March 31, 2013

Service revenues increased due primarily to an increase in natural gas transportation fee revenues related to projects placed in service in 2013 and new rates effective in March 2013 for Transco, as well as higher fees associated with higher gathering volumes driven by new well connections and increased gathering rates in our businesses in the Northeast area.

31

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Product sales decreased primarily due to lower olefin sales related to the lack of production as a result of the Geismar Incident and a decrease in volumes at our RGP splitter primarily due to an outage in a third-party storage facility which caused us to reduce production. NGL production revenues also decreased reflecting lower non-ethane sales volumes partially offset by higher non-ethane per-unit sales prices and higher ethane sales volumes in Canada. Marketing sales revenues increased primarily due to higher NGL per-unit sales prices and higher ethane volumes, partially offset by lower volumes of non-ethane NGLs and other products. The changes in marketing revenues are substantially offset by similar changes in marketing purchases, reflected above as Product costs.

Product costs decreased primarily due to lower olefin feedstock purchases related to the lack of production as a result of the Geismar Incident and a decrease in volumes at our RGP splitter as previously discussed, partially offset by an increase in marketing purchases. The changes in marketing purchases are more than offset by similar changes in marketing revenues.

Depreciation and amortization expensesincreased primarily due to depreciation on infrastructure additions in the Northeast area and the Canadian ethane recovery project placed into service in fourth quarter 2013.

The favorable change in Net insurance recoveries – Geismar Incident is due to receipt of $125 million of insurance recoveries partially offset by $6 million of related covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles) incurred in the first quarter of 2014. (See Note 4 – Other Income and Expenses of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

The unfavorable change in Other (income) expense – net within Operating income is primarily due to the absence of a $6 million favorable contingency settlement recognized in first-quarter 2013 and costs incurred in first quarter 2014 associated with fire damage at a compressor station in the Susquehanna Supply Hub.

Operating income increased primarily due to $125 million of income associated with insurance recoveries related to the Geismar Incident and the $61 million increase in service revenues. These increases are partially offset by a $122 million decrease in olefin margins, including $111 million lower product margins at our Geismar plant, and decreases in NGL margins driven primarily by lower NGL volumes, as well as higher depreciation and amortization expense in 2014.

Interest expense increased due to a $13 million increase in Interest incurred primarily due to new debt issuances in the fourth quarter of 2013 and first quarter of 2014 (see Note 7 – Debt and Banking Arrangements of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements).

Period-Over-Period Operating Results – Segments

Northeast G&P

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Service revenues	$	99		$	63
Product sales	60			20
Segment revenues	159			83
Product costs	58			20
Depreciation and amortization expenses	39			29
Other segment costs and expenses	57			40
Equity (earnings) losses	(1		)	3
Segment profit (loss)	$	6		$	(9	)

32

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Three months ended March 31, 2014 vs. three months ended March 31, 2013

Service revenues increased primarily due to $27 million in higher gathering fees associated with 41 percent higher volumes driven by new well connections and increased gathering rates associated with customer contract modifications primarily in the Susquehanna Supply Hub. Service revenues also increased $9 million due to contributions from our Ohio Valley Midstream business resulting from the processing and fractionation facilities placed in service in 2013.

Product sales increased due primarily to growth in the NGL marketing activities attributable to the Ohio Valley Midstream business. The changes in marketing revenues are offset by similar changes in marketing purchases, reflected above as Product costs.

Depreciation and amortization expenses increased reflecting depreciation on new projects placed in service.

Other segment costs and expenses increased due primarily to $6 million of costs resulting from fire damages at a compressor station in the Susquehanna Supply Hub, $4 million of charges related to a dispute, and higher expenses associated with growth in these operations, including higher employee-related costs and outside service costs.

Equity (earnings) losses changed favorably primarily due to $5 million higher Laurel Mountain equity earnings driven primarily by 29 percent higher gathering volumes and higher rates indexed to natural gas prices.

The favorable change in segment profit (loss) is primarily due to an increase in fee revenues in the Susquehanna Supply Hub and Ohio Valley Midstream businesses and improved Laurel Mountain equity earnings. These increases are partially offset by higher costs primarily due to the growth in these businesses.

Atlantic-Gulf

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Service revenues	$	379		$	358
Product sales	221			231
Segment revenues	600			589
Product costs	206			208
Depreciation and amortization expenses	94			93
Other segment costs and expenses	150			145
Equity (earnings) losses	(15		)	(16		)
Segment profit	$	165		$	159
NGL margin	$	14		$	22

Three months ended March 31, 2014 vs. three months ended March 31, 2013

Service revenues increased primarily due to a $31 million increase in natural gas transportation fee revenues primarily associated with expansion projects placed in service in 2013 and the implementation of new rates for Transco in March 2013. These increases are partially offset by $5 million lower production handling fee revenues in the eastern Gulf Coast primarily driven by lower Bass Lite production area volumes and $5 million lower gathering and crude oil transportation fee revenues in the western Gulf Coast driven by lower volumes as a result of producers’ operational issues.

33

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Product sales decreased primarily due to an $8 million decrease in revenues from our equity NGLs reflecting a $12 million decrease associated with lower equity NGL sales volumes partially offset by a $4 million increase primarily associated with higher average non-ethane per-unit sales prices. Equity NGL sales volumes are 52 percent lower driven by 42 percent lower non-ethane volumes as a result of producers’ operational issues and higher inventory levels. Average non-ethane per-unit sales prices increased by 12 percent.

Other segment costs and expenses increased primarily due to the absence of a $6 million favorable contingency settlement recognized in the first quarter of 2013.

Segment profit increased primarily due to higher service revenues, partially offset by $8 million lower NGL margins reflecting lower volumes and higher NGL prices, as well as the absence of a favorable contingency settlement recognized in the prior year, as previously discussed.

West

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014		2013
	(Millions)
Service revenues	$	256	$	258
Product sales	145		199
Segment revenues	401		457
Product costs	72		94
Depreciation and amortization expenses	58		61
Other segment costs and expenses	106		116
Segment profit	$	165	$	186
NGL margin	$	65	$	98

Three months ended March 31, 2014 vs. three months ended March 31, 2013

Product sales decreased primarily due to:

• A $39 million decrease in revenues from our equity NGLs primarily reflecting a decrease of $51 million due to lower volumes, partially offset by a $12 million increase associated with 11 percent higher average non-ethane per-unit sales prices. Equity non-ethane volumes are 33 percent lower primarily due to a customer contract that expired in September 2013 and higher inventory levels.

• A $16 million decrease in NGL marketing revenues primarily due to lower non-ethane volumes related to the expiration of a customer contract, slightly offset by higher non-ethane per-unit prices (offset in Product costs).

Product costs decreased primarily due to:

• A $16 million decrease in NGL marketing purchases (offset in Product sales).

• A $6 million decrease in natural gas purchases associated with the production of equity NGLs reflecting a $27 million decrease related to lower natural gas volumes, partially offset by a $21 million increase driven by higher average natural gas prices.

The decrease in Other segment costs and expenses is primarily due to net favorable system gains and losses, resulting from system gains in 2014 compared to system losses in 2013.

34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Segment profit decreased primarily due to $33 million lower NGL margins reflecting lower NGL volumes and commodity price changes, including higher per-unit natural gas costs, partially offset by higher average non-ethane prices. This decrease was partially offset by net favorable system gains.

NGL & Petchem Services

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Service revenues	$	30		$	27
Product sales	775			931
Segment revenues	805			958
Product costs	704			750
Depreciation and amortization expenses	17			13
Other segment (income) costs and expenses	(76		)	42
Equity (earnings) losses	(7		)	(5		)
Segment profit	$	167		$	158
Olefins margin	$	28		$	150
NGL margin	26			23
Marketing margin	18			6

Three months ended March 31, 2014 vs. three months ended March 31, 2013

Product sales decreased primarily due to:

• A $190 million decrease in olefin sales due to $191 million of lower sales volumes, partially offset by $1 million higher per-unit sales prices. Lower sales volumes are primarily due to a $161 million decrease in volumes at our Geismar facility due to the lack of production in 2014 as a result of the Geismar Incident and a $25 million decrease in volumes at our RGP splitter primarily due to an outage in a third-party storage facility which caused us to reduce production (substantially offset in Product costs).

• A $17 million increase in NGL sales revenues primarily due to higher Canadian ethane volumes generated by the ethane recovery project. Non-ethane per-unit sales prices were also higher, partially offset by lower non-ethane sales volumes driven by the fourth quarter 2013 tie-in of the ethane recovery system which limited our production available for sale during the first quarter of 2014.

• A $21 million increase in marketing revenues due primarily to higher ethane volumes and prices and higher non-ethane prices, partially offset by lower non-ethane volumes.

Product costs decreased primarily due to:

• A $68 million decrease in olefin feedstock purchases primarily due to a $49 million decrease in volumes at our Geismar facility due to the lack of production in 2014 as a result of the Geismar Incident and a $23 million decrease in volumes at our RGP splitter primarily due to an outage in a third-party storage facility which caused us to reduce production (more than offset in Product sales).

• A $14 million increase in costs associated with our Canadian NGLs primarily due to higher ethane volumes generated by the ethane recovery project and higher natural gas prices.

35

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

• A $9 million increase in marketing purchases primarily due to increased per-unit NGL costs.

Depreciation and amortization expensesincreased primarily due to the ethane recovery project.

The favorable change in Other segment (income) costs and expenses is primarily due to the first-quarter 2014 receipt of $125 million of insurance recoveries partially offset by $6 million of covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles) related to the Geismar Incident.

Segment profit increased primarily due to the first-quarter 2014 receipt of $125 million of insurance recoveries partially offset by $6 million of covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles) related to the Geismar Incident and $12 million higher marketing margins, significantly offset by lower olefin product margins. Olefin product margins are $122 million lower including $111 million lower product margins at our Geismar plant as a result of the Geismar Incident and $10 million lower Canadian olefin margins due to higher natural gas prices and lower volumes.

36

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Liquidity

Outlook

We seek to manage our businesses with a focus on applying conservative financial policy in order to maintain investment-grade credit metrics. Our plan for 2014 reflects our ongoing transition to an overall business mix that is increasingly fee-based. Although our cash flows are impacted by fluctuations in energy commodity prices, that impact is somewhat mitigated by certain of our cash flow streams that are not directly impacted by short-term commodity price movements, including:

• Firm demand and capacity reservation transportation revenues under long-term contracts;

• Fee-based revenues from certain gathering and processing services.

We believe we have, or have access to, the financial resources and liquidity necessary to meet our requirements for working capital, capital and investment expenditures, unitholder distributions, and debt service payments while maintaining a sufficient level of liquidity. In particular, we note the following:

• We increased our per-unit quarterly distribution with respect to the first quarter of 2014 from $0.8925 to $0.9045. We expect to increase quarterly limited partner per-unit cash distributions by approximately 6 percent in 2014 and 2015.

• We expect to fund working capital requirements, capital and investment expenditures, debt service payments, and distributions to unitholders primarily through cash flow from operations, cash and cash equivalents on hand, issuances of debt and/or equity securities, and utilization of our commercial paper program and/or credit facility. In addition, we retain the flexibility to adjust our planned levels of capital and investment expenditures in response to changes in economic conditions or business opportunities.

Liquidity

Based on our forecasted levels of cash flow from operations and other sources of liquidity, we expect to have sufficient liquidity to manage our businesses in 2014. Our internal and external sources of liquidity include:

• Cash and cash equivalents on hand;

• Cash generated from operations, including cash distributions from our equity-method investees and expected business interruption proceeds related to the Geismar Incident;

• Cash proceeds from issuances of debt and/or equity securities;

• Use of our commercial paper program and/or credit facility.

We anticipate our more significant uses of cash to be:

• Maintenance and expansion capital expenditures;

• Contributions to our equity-method investees to fund their expansion capital expenditures;

• Interest on our long-term debt;

• Quarterly distributions to our unitholders and general partner.

Potential risks associated with our planned levels of liquidity and the planned capital and investment expenditures discussed above include those previously discussed in Company Outlook.

37

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

As of March 31, 2014, we had a working capital deficit (current liabilities in excess of current assets) of $924 million. However, we note the following about our available liquidity.

Available Liquidity	March 31, 2014
	(Millions)
Cash and cash equivalents	$	535
Capacity available under our $2.5 billion five-year credit facility (expires July 31, 2018), less amounts outstanding under the $2 billion commercial paper program (1)	2,500
	$	3,035

(1) We have not borrowed on our credit facility during 2014 and have no Commercial paper outstanding at March 31, 2014. The highest amount outstanding under the commercial paper program during 2014 was $900 million. At March 31, 2014, we are in compliance with the financial covenants associated with the credit facility and the commercial paper program. The full amount of the credit facility is available to us, to the extent not otherwise utilized by Transco and Northwest Pipeline, and may, under certain conditions, be increased by up to an additional $500 million. Transco and Northwest Pipeline are each able to borrow up to $500 million under the credit facility to the extent not otherwise utilized by the other co-borrowers. In managing our available liquidity, we do not expect a maximum outstanding amount in excess of the capacity of our credit facility inclusive of any outstanding amounts under our commercial paper program.

In addition to the commercial paper program and credit facility listed above, we have issued letters of credit totaling $9 million as of March 31, 2014, under a bilateral bank agreement.

Debt Offering

On March 4, 2014, we completed a public offering of $1 billion of 4.3 percent senior unsecured notes due 2024 and $500 million of 5.4 percent senior unsecured notes due 2044. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repay amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program and expect to use the remainder to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes.

Distributions from Equity-Method Investees

Our equity-method investees’ organizational documents require distribution of their available cash to their members on a quarterly basis. In each case, available cash is reduced, in part, by reserves appropriate for operating their respective businesses.

Shelf Registration

In April 2013, we filed a shelf registration statement for the offer and sale from time to time of common units representing limited partner interests in us having an aggregate offering price of up to $600 million. These sales will be made over a period of time and from time to time in transactions at prices which are market prices prevailing at the time of sale, prices related to market price or at negotiated prices. Such sales will be made pursuant to an equity distribution agreement between us and certain banks who may act as sales agents or purchase for their own accounts as principals. As of March 31, 2014, no common units have been issued under this registration.

Insurance Renewal

Our onshore property damage and business interruption insurance coverage renewed on May 1st, with a combined per-occurrence limit between $500 million and $750 million, subject to retentions (deductibles) of $40 million per occurrence for property damage and a waiting period of 120 days per occurrence for business interruption.

38

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

Credit Ratings

Our ability to borrow money is impacted by our credit ratings. The current ratings are as follows:

Rating Agency	Outlook	Senior Unsecured Debt Rating
Standard & Poor’s	Stable	BBB
Moody’s Investors Service	Stable	Baa2
Fitch Ratings	Stable	BBB

With respect to Standard and Poor’s, a rating of “BBB” or above indicates an investment grade rating. A rating below “BBB” indicates that the security has significant speculative characteristics. A “BB” rating indicates that Standard and Poor’s believes the issuer has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation, but adverse business conditions could lead to insufficient ability to meet financial commitments. Standard and Poor’s may modify its ratings with a “+” or a “-” sign to show the obligor’s relative standing within a major rating category.

With respect to Moody’s, a rating of “Baa” or above indicates an investment grade rating. A rating below “Baa” is considered to have speculative elements. The “1”, “2”, and “3” modifiers show the relative standing within a major category. A “1” indicates that an obligation ranks in the higher end of the broad rating category, “2” indicates a mid-range ranking, and “3” indicates a ranking at the lower end of the category.

With respect to Fitch, a rating of “BBB” or above indicates an investment grade rating. A rating below “BBB” is considered speculative grade. Fitch may add a “+” or a “-” sign to show the obligor’s relative standing within a major rating category.

Credit rating agencies perform independent analyses when assigning credit ratings. No assurance can be given that the credit rating agencies will continue to assign us investment grade ratings even if we meet or exceed their current criteria for investment grade ratios. A downgrade of our credit rating might increase our future cost of borrowing and would require us to post additional collateral with third parties, negatively impacting our available liquidity. As of March 31, 2014, we estimate that a downgrade to a rating below investment grade could require us to post up to $281 million in additional collateral with third parties.

Capital and Investment Expenditures

Each of our businesses is capital-intensive, requiring investment to upgrade or enhance existing operations and comply with safety and environmental regulations. The capital requirements of these businesses consist primarily of:

• Maintenance capital expenditures, which are generally not discretionary, including: (1) capital expenditures made to replace partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the existing operating capacity of our assets and to extend their useful lives, (2) expenditures which are mandatory and/or essential to comply with laws and regulations and maintain the reliability of our operations, and (3) certain well connection expenditures.

• Expansion capital expenditures, which are generally more discretionary than maintenance capital expenditures, including: (1) expenditures to acquire additional assets to grow our business, to expand and upgrade plant or pipeline capacity and to construct new plants, pipelines and storage facilities, and (2) well connection expenditures which are not classified as maintenance expenditures.

39

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

The following table provides summary information related to our actual and expected capital expenditures, purchases of businesses, and contributions to equity-method investments for 2014. Included are gross increases to our property, plant, and equipment, including changes related to accounts payable and accrued liabilities:

	Maintenance				Expansion				Total
Segment	2014 Estimate		Three months ended March 31, 2014		2014 Estimate		Three months ended March 31, 2014		2014 Estimate		Three months ended March 31, 2014
	(Millions)
Northeast G&P	$	20	$	10	$	1,400	$	458	$	1,420	$	468
Atlantic-Gulf	175		11		1,325		313		1,500		324
West	125		9		75		10		200		19
NGL & Petchem Services	20		6		450		192		470		198
Total	$	340	$	36	$	3,250	$	973	$	3,590	$	1,009

See Company Outlook - Expansion Projects for discussions describing the general nature of these expenditures.

Cash Distributions to Unitholders

We have paid quarterly distributions to unitholders and our general partner after every quarter since our initial public offering on August 23, 2005. We have increased our quarterly distribution from $0.8925 with respect to the fourth quarter of 2013 to $0.9045 per common unit, which will result in a distribution with respect to the first quarter of 2014 of approximately $566 million that will be paid on May 9, 2014, to the general and limited partners of record at the close of business on May 2, 2014. (See Note 3 – Allocation of Net Income and Distributions of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Sources (Uses) of Cash

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Net cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities	$	549		$	555
Financing activities	826			325
Investing activities	(950		)	(768		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	$	425		$	112

Operating activities

The factors that determine operating activities are largely the same as those that affect Net income, with the exception of noncash expenses such as Depreciation and amortization.

Financing activities

Significant transactions include:

• $225 million net payments in 2014 on commercial paper;

• $1.496 billion net received in 2014 from previously mentioned debt offering;

• $770 million received in 2013 from credit facility borrowings;

• $895 million paid in 2013 on credit facility borrowings;

40

Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Continued)

• $760 million received from our equity offerings in 2013, including $143 million received from Williams, which was used to repay credit facility borrowings;

• $556 million, including $414 million to Williams, in 2014 and $442 million, including $341 million to Williams, in 2013 related to quarterly cash distributions paid to limited partner unitholders and the general partner;

• $57 million received in contributions from noncontrolling interests in 2014.

Investing activities

Significant transactions include:

• Capital expenditures of $724 million in 2014 and $704 million in 2013;

• Purchases of and contributions to our equity method investments of $215 million in 2014 and $93 million in 2013.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Guarantees of Debt or Other Commitments

We have various other guarantees and commitments which are disclosed in Note 2 – Variable Interest Entities, Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements and Guarantee, and Note 9 – Contingent Liabilities of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not believe these guarantees or the possible fulfillment of them will prevent us from meeting our liquidity needs.

41

Item 3

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

Our current interest rate risk exposure is related primarily to our debt portfolio and has not materially changed during the first three months of 2014.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our foreign operations, whose functional currency is the local currency, are located primarily in Canada. Net assets of our foreign operations were approximately $1 billion and $1.1 billion at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, respectively. These investments have the potential to impact our financial position due to fluctuations in these local currencies arising from the process of translating the local functional currency into the U.S. dollar. As an example, a 20 percent change in the respective functional currencies against the U.S. dollar would have changed total partners’ equity by approximately $201 million at March 31, 2014.

42

Item 4

Controls and Procedures

Our management, including our general partner’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a - 15(e) and 15d - 15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act) (Disclosure Controls) or our internal controls over financial reporting (Internal Controls) will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within Williams Partners L.P. have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We monitor our Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls and make modifications as necessary; our intent in this regard is that the Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls will be modified as systems change and conditions warrant.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

An evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our Disclosure Controls was performed as of the end of the period covered by this report. This evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our general partner’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon that evaluation, our general Partner’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that these Disclosure Controls are effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes during the first quarter of 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our Internal Controls over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

Environmental

Certain reportable legal proceedings involving governmental authorities under federal, state and local laws regulating the discharge of materials into the environment are described below. While it is not possible for us to predict the final outcome of the proceedings which are still pending, we do not anticipate a material effect on our consolidated financial position if we receive an unfavorable outcome in any one or more of such proceedings.

In September 2007, the EPA requested, and our Transco subsidiary later provided, information regarding natural gas compressor stations in the states of Mississippi and Alabama as part of the EPA’s investigation of Transco’s compliance with the Clean Air Act. On March 28, 2008, the EPA issued notices of violation alleging violations of Clean Air Act requirements at these compressor stations. Transco met with the EPA in May 2008 and submitted a response denying the allegations in June 2008. In May 2011, Transco provided additional information to the EPA pertaining to these compressor stations in response to a request they had made in February 2011. In August 2010, the EPA requested, and Transco provided, similar information for a compressor station in Maryland. Since 2011 we have not received any additional requests for information related to these facilities.

In November 2013 we became aware of deficiencies with the air permit for the Ft. Beeler gas processing facility located in West Virginia.  We notified the EPA and the West Virginia Department of Environmental Protection and are

43

working to bring the Ft. Beeler facility into full compliance.  At March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities of $100,000 for potential penalties arising out of the deficiencies.

Other

The additional information called for by this item is provided in Note 9 – Contingent Liabilities of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included under Part I, Item 1. Financial Statements of this report, which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

44

Item 6. Exhibits

Exhibit No.		Description
Exhibit 3.1	—	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P. (filed on May 2, 2005 as Exhibit 3.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-124517) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 3.2	—	Certificate of Formation of Williams Partners GP LLC (filed on May 2, 2005 as Exhibit 3.3 to Williams Partners L.P.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-124517) and incorporated herein by reference).
*Exhibit 3.3	—	Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P. (including form of common unit certificate), as amended by Amendments Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11.
Exhibit 3.4	—	Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Williams Partners GP LLC (filed on August 26, 2005 as Exhibit 3.2 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 10.1	—	Contribution Agreement, dated February 24, 2014, by and among The Williams Companies, Inc., Williams Gas Pipeline Company, LLC, Williams Partners GP LLC, Williams Partners L.P., Williams Partners Operating LLC, Williams Field Services Group, LLC, Williams Olefins, L.L.C., and Williams Olefins Feedstock Pipelines, L.L.C. (filed on February 28, 2014 as Exhibit 10.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 10.2	—	Fifth Supplemental Indenture (including Forms of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2024 and 5.400% Senior Notes due 2044), dated as of March 4, 2014, between Williams Partners L.P. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (filed on March 4, 2014 as Exhibit 4.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
*Exhibit 12	—	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
*Exhibit 31.1	—	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Exhibit 31.2	—	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**Exhibit 32	—	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Exhibit 101.INS	—	XBRL Instance Document.
*Exhibit 101.SCH	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
*Exhibit 101.CAL	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.DEF	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.LAB	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.PRE	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

*    Filed herewith

**    Furnished herewith

45

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

(Registrant)

By: Williams Partners GP LLC, its general partner

/s/ Ted T. Timmermans

Ted T. Timmermans

Vice President, Controller, and Chief Accounting

Officer (Duly Authorized Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

May 1, 2014

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.		Description
Exhibit 3.1	—	Certificate of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P. (filed on May 2, 2005 as Exhibit 3.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-124517) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 3.2	—	Certificate of Formation of Williams Partners GP LLC (filed on May 2, 2005 as Exhibit 3.3 to Williams Partners L.P.’s registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-124517) and incorporated herein by reference).
*Exhibit 3.3	—	Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P. (including form of common unit certificate), as amended by Amendments Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11.
Exhibit 3.4	—	Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Williams Partners GP LLC (filed on August 26, 2005 as Exhibit 3.2 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 10.1	—	Contribution Agreement, dated February 24, 2014, by and among The Williams Companies, Inc., Williams Gas Pipeline Company, LLC, Williams Partners GP LLC, Williams Partners L.P., Williams Partners Operating LLC, Williams Field Services Group, LLC, Williams Olefins, L.L.C., and Williams Olefins Feedstock Pipelines, L.L.C. (filed on February 28, 2014 as Exhibit 10.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
Exhibit 10.2	—	Fifth Supplemental Indenture (including Forms of 4.300% Senior Notes due 2024 and 5.400% Senior Notes due 2044), dated as of March 4, 2014, between Williams Partners L.P. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (filed on March 4, 2014 as Exhibit 4.1 to Williams Partners L.P.’s current report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-32599) and incorporated herein by reference).
*Exhibit 12	—	Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
*Exhibit 31.1	—	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Exhibit 31.2	—	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
**Exhibit 32	—	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
*Exhibit 101.INS	—	XBRL Instance Document.
*Exhibit 101.SCH	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
*Exhibit 101.CAL	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.DEF	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.LAB	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
*Exhibit 101.PRE	—	XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

*    Filed herewith

**    Furnished herewith

EX-3.3

                                                 Exhibit 3.3

Execution Copy

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section1.1	Definitions	1
Section 1.2	Construction	21
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1	Formation	21
Section 2.2	Name	21
Section 2.3	Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices	21
Section 2.4	Purpose and Business	22
Section 2.5	Powers	22
Section 2.6	Power of Attorney	22
Section 2.7	Term	23
Section 2.8	Title to Partnership Assets	24
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1	Limitation of Liability	24
Section 3.2	Management of Business	24
Section 3.3	Outside Activities of the Limited Partners	25
Section 3.4	Rights of Limited Partners	25
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1	Certificates	26
Section 4.2	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates	26
Section 4.3	Record Holders	27
Section 4.4	Transfer Generally	27
Section 4.5	Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests	28
Section 4.6	Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest	28
Section 4.7	Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights	29
Section 4.8	Restrictions on Transfers	29
Section 4.9	Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees	31
Section 4.10	Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees	31
WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

i

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1	Organizational Contributions	33
Section 5.2	Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates	33
Section 5.3	Contributions by Initial Limited Partners and Distributions to the General Partner and its Affiliates	34
Section 5.4	Interest and Withdrawal	34
Section 5.5	Capital Accounts	34
Section 5.6	Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities	37
Section 5.7	Conversion of Subordinated Units	38
Section 5.8	Limited Preemptive Right	39
Section 5.9	Splits and Combinations	39
Section 5.10	Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests	40
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1	Allocations for Capital Account Purposes	40
Section 6.2	Allocations for Tax Purposes	48
Section 6.3	Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders	50
Section 6.4	Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus	51
Section 6.5	Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus	53
Section 6.6	Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels	53
Section 6.7	Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units	54
Section 6.8	Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights	55
Section 6.9	Entity-Level Taxation	55
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1	Management	55
Section 7.2	Certificate of Limited Partnership	58
Section 7.3	Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority	58
Section 7.4	Reimbursement of the General Partner	59
Section 7.5	Outside Activities	60
Section 7.6	Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members	61
Section 7.7	Indemnification	61
WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

ii

Section 7.8	Liability of Indemnitees	63
Section 7.9	Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties	64
Section 7.10	Other Matters Concerning the General Partner	65
Section 7.11	Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities	66
Section 7.12	Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates	66
Section 7.13	Reliance by Third Parties	69
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1	Records and Accounting	70
Section 8.2	Fiscal Year	70
Section 8.3	Reports	70
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
Section 9.1	Tax Returns and Information	71
Section 9.2	Tax Elections	71
Section 9.3	Tax Controversies	71
Section 9.4	Withholding	71
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1	Admission of Initial Limited Partners	72
Section 10.2	Admission of Limited Partners	72
Section 10.3	Admission of Successor General Partner	73
Section 10.4	Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership	73
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1	Withdrawal of the General Partner	73
Section 11.2	Removal of the General Partner	75
Section 11.3	Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner	75
Section 11.4	Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of
	Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages	77
Section 11.5	Withdrawal of Limited Partners	77
WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

iii

ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1	Dissolution	77
Section 12.2	Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution	78
Section 12.3	Liquidator	79
Section 12.4	Liquidation	79
Section 12.5	Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership	80
Section 12.6	Return of Contributions	80
Section 12.7	Waiver of Partition	80
Section 12.8	Capital Account Restoration	80
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1	Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner	81
Section 13.2	Amendment Procedures	82
Section 13.3	Amendment Requirements	83
Section 13.4	Special Meetings	83
Section 13.5	Notice of a Meeting	84
Section 13.6	Record Date	84
Section 13.7	Adjournment	84
Section 13.8	Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes	84
Section 13.9	Quorum and Voting	85
Section 13.10	Conduct of a Meeting	85
Section 13.11	Action Without a Meeting	86
Section 13.12	Right to Vote and Related Matters	86
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER
Section 14.1	Authority	87
Section 14.2	Procedure for Merger or Consolidation	87
Section 14.3	Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation	88
Section 14.4	Certificate of Merger	89
Section 14.5	Amendment of Partnership Agreement	89
Section 14.6	Effect of Merger	89
WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

iv

ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1	Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests	90
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 16.1	Addresses and Notices	92
Section 16.2	Further Action	92
Section 16.3	Binding Effect	92
Section 16.4	Integration	92
Section 16.5	Creditors	92
Section 16.6	Waiver	93
Section 16.7	Third-Party Beneficiaries	93
Section 16.8	Counterparts	93
Section 16.9	Applicable Law	93
Section 16.10	Invalidity of Provisions	93
Section 16.11	Consent of Partners	93
Section 16.12	Facsimile Signatures	93
WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

v

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF

LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. dated as of August 23, 2005, is entered into by and between Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and each of Williams Energy Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Williams Energy, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, Williams Discovery Pipeline, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and Williams Partners Holdings, a Delaware limited liability company, as limited partners, together with any other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions .

The following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

“ Acquisition ” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction.

“ Additional Book Basis ” means the portion of any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value as a result of Book-Up Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:

(i) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or a Book-Up Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto pursuant to a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event.

(ii) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis; provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event (determined without regard to the application of this clause (ii) to such Book-Down Event).

“ Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the Partnership’s Adjusted Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning of such period (the “Excess Additional Book Basis”), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of the beginning of such period.

“ Adjusted Capital Account ” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii) (c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or Section 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Unit, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit or an Incentive Distribution Right or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest was first issued.

“ Adjusted Operating Surplus ” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated with respect to such period (a) less (i) any net increase in Working Capital Borrowings with respect to such period and (ii) any net reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period to the extent such reduction does not relate to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to such period, and (b) plus (i) any net decrease in Working Capital Borrowings with respect to such period, and (ii) any net increase in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period to the extent such reserve is required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

“ Adjusted Property ” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or Section 5.5(d)(ii).

2

“ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“ Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.

“ Agreed Allocation ” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including, without limitation, a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

“ Agreed Value ” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the General Partner. The General Partner shall use such method as it determines to be appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

“ Agreement ” means this Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“ Associate ” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

“ Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:

(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) all additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less

(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the General Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or Section 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii) above if the

3

effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units, plus any Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all Common Units, with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Available Cash ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“ Board of Directors ” means the board of directors or managers of a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, or if a limited partnership, the board of directors or board of managers of the general partner of such limited partnership, as applicable.

“ Book Basis Derivative Items ” means any item of income, deduction, gain or loss included in the determination of Net Income or Net Loss that is computed with reference to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g., depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an Adjusted Property).

“ Book-Down Event ” means an event that triggers a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“ Book-Tax Disparity ” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

“ Book-Up Event ” means an event that triggers a positive adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to Section 5.5(d).

“ Business Day ” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the State of New York shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

“ Capital Account ” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Unit, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit, an Incentive Distribution Right or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital Account would be if such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Unit, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, Incentive Distribution Right or other Partnership Interest was first issued.

4

“ Capital Contribution ” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership.

“ Capital Improvement ” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, any hydrocarbon gathering systems or pipelines, any natural gas processing or natural gas liquids fractionation facilities, any storage or terminal facilities and any related or similar midstream assets), or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person in which a Group Member has an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, any hydrocarbon gathering systems or pipelines, any natural gas processing or natural gas liquids fractionation facilities, any storage or terminal facilities and any related or similar midstream assets) by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction.

“ Capital Surplus ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).

“ Carrying Value ” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5.5(d)(i) and Section 5.5(d) (ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

“ Cause ” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.

“ Certificate ” means a certificate (i) substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement, (ii) issued in global form in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Depositary or (iii) in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.

“ Certificate of Limited Partnership ” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

5

“ Citizenship Certification ” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.

“ Claim ” (as used in Section 7.12(d)) has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(d).

“ Closing Date ” means the first date on which Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

“ Closing Price ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of any successor law.

“ Combined Interest ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a).

“ Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

“ CommonUnit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not include a Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

“ CommonUnit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

“ ConflictsCommittee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors who are not (a) security holders, officers or employees of the General Partner, (b) officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner or (c) holders of any ownership interest in the Partnership Group other than Common Units and who also meet the independence standards required of directors who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors established by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading.

“ ContributedProperty” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

6

“ ContributionAgreement” means that certain Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, WES, Williams Energy, L.L.C., Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC, Williams Partners Holdings LLC and Williams Natural Gas Liquids, Inc. and the other parties named therein, together with the additional conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“ CumulativeCommon Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearage as to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

“ CurativeAllocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d) (xi).

“ CurrentMarket Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“ DelawareAct” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. Section 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

“ DepartingPartner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2.

“ Depositary ” means, with respect to any Units issued in global form, The Depository Trust Company and its successors and permitted assigns.

“ EconomicRisk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

“ EligibleCitizen” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited Partner the General Partner determines does not or would not subject such Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.

“ EnvironmentalIndemnity Obligation” means the obligation of the General Partner or an Affiliate to indemnify the Partnership Group for certain environmental obligations and repair and compliance costs pursuant to the Omnibus Agreement.

“ EstimatedIncremental Quarterly Tax Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.9.

7

“ Eventof Withdrawal” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).

“ ExcessG&A Expenses” means the excess of (i) the amount of any general and administrative expenses required to be reimbursed to the General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, over (ii) the amount of such expenses permitted to be reimbursed by the Partnership Group pursuant to Article IV of the Omnibus Agreement.

“ FinalSubordinated Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(x).

“ FirstLiquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).

“ FirstTarget Distribution” means $0.4025 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2005, it means the product of $0.4025 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period, and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“ FullyDiluted Basis” means, when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period, a basis that includes, in addition to the Outstanding Units, all Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (a) that are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units that are senior to or pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (b) whose conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current Market Price on the date of such calculation, (c) that may be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the period for which the calculation is being made without the satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise or exchange and (d) that were not converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for which the calculation is being made; provided, that for purposes of determining the number of Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Basis when calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or the Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Securities, options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period; provided, further, that if consideration will be paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion, exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between (i) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion, exercise or exchange and (ii) the number of Units that such consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.

“ GeneralPartner” means Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as general partner of the Partnership, in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership (except as the context otherwise requires).

“ GeneralPartner Interest” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it), which is evidenced by General Partner Units

8

and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

“ GeneralPartner Unit” means a fractional part of the General Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the General Partner Interest. A General Partner Unit is not a Unit.

“ Group ” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.

“ GroupMember” means a member of the Partnership Group.

“ GroupMember Agreement” means the partnership agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the governing or organizational or similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“ Holder ” as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(a).

“ IncentiveDistribution Right” means a non-voting Limited Partner Interest issued to the General Partner, which Partnership Interest will confer upon the holder thereof only the rights and obligations specifically provided in this Agreement with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights (and no other rights otherwise available to or other obligations of a holder of a Partnership Interest). Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the holder of an Incentive Distribution Right shall not be entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Right on any Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law.

“ IncentiveDistributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4(a) (v), (vi) and (vii) and Section 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v).

“ IndemnifiedPersons” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(d).

“ Indemnitee ” means (a) the General Partner, (b) any Departing Partner, (c) any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner (including Williams and its Subsidiaries) or any Departing Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a member, partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of any Person that any of the preceding clauses of this definition describes, (e) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing Partner or any Affiliate of the General

9

Partner or any Departing Partner as an officer, director, member, partner, fiduciary or trustee of another Person, provided that that Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for-services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, and (f) any Person the General Partner designates as an “Indemnitee” for purposes of this Agreement.

“ InitialCommon Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

“ InitialLimited Partners” means WES, Williams Energy, L.L.C., Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC and Williams Partners Holdings LLC and the General Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights received by it pursuant to Section 5.2), and the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.

“ InitialOffering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.

“ InitialUnit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

“ InterimCapital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member (including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements.

“ IssuePrice” means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership, excluding any sales commission or underwriting discount charged to the Partnership.

“ LimitedPartner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) the Organizational Limited Partner prior to its withdrawal from the Partnership, each Initial Limited Partner, each additional person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any Departing Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such Person’s capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Article XIII and Article XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any holder of an Incentive Distribution Right (solely with respect to

10

its Incentive Distribution Rights and not with respect to any other Limited Partner Interest held by such Person) except as may otherwise be required by law.

“ LimitedPartner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that when the term “Limited Partner Interest” is used herein in the context of any vote or other approval, including Article XIII and Article XIV, such term shall not, solely for such purpose, include any Incentive Distribution Right except as may otherwise be required by law.

“ LiquidationDate” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

“ Liquidator ” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

“ MergerAgreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.

“ MinimumQuarterly Distribution” means $0.35 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2005, it means the product of $0.35 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“ NationalSecurities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute, or The Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.

“ NetAgreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.

“ NetIncome” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year

11

over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement.

“ Net Loss ” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided , that the determination of the items that have been specially allocated under Section 6.1(d) shall be made as if Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement.

“ Net Positive Adjustments ” means, with respect to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to Book-Up Events and Book-Down Events.

“ Net Termination Gain ” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“ Net Termination Loss ” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“ Non-citizen Assignee ” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.

“ Nonrecourse Built-in Gain ” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i) (A), Section 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and Section 6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

“ Nonrecourse Deductions ” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation

12

Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

“ NonrecourseLiability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

“ Noticeof Election to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b).

“ OmnibusAgreement” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, WES, Williams Energy, L.L.C., Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC, Williams Partners Holdings LLC and (for purposes of Articles V and VI thereof only) Williams.

“ OperatingCompany” means Williams Partners Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

“ OperatingCompany Agreement” means the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Operating Company, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

“ OperatingExpenditures” means all Partnership Group expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of the General Partner, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt service payments and capital expenditures, subject to the following:

(a) Payments (including prepayments) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating Expenditures; and

(b) Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) capital expenditures made for Acquisitions or Capital Improvements, (ii) payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners.

Where capital expenditures are made in part for Acquisitions or for Capital Improvements and in part for other purposes, the General Partner, with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee, shall determine the allocation between the amounts paid for each and, with respect to the part of such capital expenditures made for other purposes, the period over which the capital expenditures made for other purposes will be deducted as an Operating Expenditure in calculating Operating Surplus.

“ OperatingSurplus” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication,

(a) the sum of (i) $10.0 million, (ii) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand as of the close of business on the Closing Date (other than amounts retained from the proceeds of the Initial Offering to make a capital contribution to Discovery Producer Services LLC to fund an escrow account required in connection with the Tahiti pipeline lateral expansion project), (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (except to the extent specified in Section 6.5) and

13

(iv) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, less

(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such period (other than Operating Expenditures funded with cash reserves established pursuant to clause (ii) of this paragraph (b)) and (ii) the amount of cash reserves established by the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures; provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “ Operating Surplus ” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

“ Opinionof Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner.

“ OptionClosing Date” means the date or dates on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

“ OrganizationalLimited Partner” means WES in its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.

“ Outstanding ” means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Common Units so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Common Units shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes of this Agreement); provided, further, that the foregoing limitation shall not apply (i) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly from the General Partner or its Affiliates, (ii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group described in clause (i) provided that the General Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) to any Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership with the prior approval of the board of directors of the General Partner.

14

“ Over-AllotmentOption” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Selling Unitholders pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

“ ParityUnits” means Common Units and all other Units of any other class or series that have the right (i) to receive distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus pursuant to each of subclauses (a)(i) and (a)(ii) of Section 6.4 in the same order of priority with respect to the participation of Common Units in such distributions or (ii) to participate in allocations of Net Termination Gain pursuant to Section 6.1 (c)(i)(B) in the same order of priority with the Common Units, in each case regardless of whether the amounts or value so distributed or allocated on each Parity Unit equals the amount or value so distributed or allocated on each Common Unit. Units whose participation in such (i) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus and (ii) allocations of Net Termination Gain are subordinate in order of priority to such distributions and allocations on Common Units shall not constitute Parity Units even if such Units are convertible under certain circumstances into Common Units or Parity Units.

“ PartnerNonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

“ PartnerNonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

“ PartnerNonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

“ Partners ” means the General Partner and the Limited Partners.

“ Partnership ” means Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

“ PartnershipGroup” means the Partnership and its Subsidiaries treated as a single consolidated entity.

“ PartnershipInterest” means an interest in the Partnership, which shall include the General Partner Interest and Limited Partner Interests.

“ PartnershipMinimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

“ PartnershipSecurity” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including without limitation, Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

“ PercentageInterest” means as of any date of determination (a) as to the General Partner with respect to General Partner Units and as to any Unitholder with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying (i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b) below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the number of General Partner Units held by the

15

General Partner or the number of Units held by such Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of all Outstanding Units and all General Partner Units, and (b) as to the holders of other Partnership Securities issued by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the percentage established as a part of such issuance. The Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution Right shall at all times be zero.

“ Person ” means an individual or a corporation, firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, governmental agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

“ PerUnit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

“ ProRata” means (a) when modifying Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, (b) when modifying Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners or Record Holders, as the case may be, in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (c) when modifying holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights held by each such holder.

“ PurchaseDate” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

“ Quarter ” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the Partnership after the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal quarter after the Closing Date.

“ RecaptureIncome” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

“ RecordDate” means the date established by the General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

“ RecordHolder” means the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or with respect to other Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the

16

opening of business on such Business Day.

“ RedeemableInterests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

“ RegistrationStatement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-124517) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

“ RemainingNet Positive Adjustments” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

“ RequiredAllocations” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or Section 6.1(c)(ii) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or Section 6.1(d)(ix).

“ ResidualGain” or “ ResidualLoss” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or Section 6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

“ SecondLiquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

“ SecondTarget Distribution” means $0.4375 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2005, it means the product of $0.4375 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“ SecuritiesAct” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

17

“ SellingUnitholders” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Underwriting Agreement.

“ Shareof Additional Book Basis Derivative Items” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

“ SpecialApproval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Conflicts Committee.

“ SubordinatedUnit” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” as used herein does not include a Common Unit or Parity Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit or a Parity Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit or Parity Unit until such conversion occurs.

“ SubordinationPeriod” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

(a) the first day of any Quarter beginning after June 30, 2010 in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units during such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully Diluted Basis, plus the related distribution on the General Partner Units, during such periods and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

(b) the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and

18

its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.

“ Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

“ SurvivingBusiness Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b).

“ ThirdLiquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(F).

“ ThirdTarget Distribution” means $0.5250 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 2005, it means the product of $0.5250 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in such period and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 6.6 and Section 6.9.

“ TradingDay” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

“ Transfer ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).

“ TransferAgent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the General Partner to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units; provided, that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any other Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

“ Underwriter ” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

“ UnderwritingAgreement” means the Underwriting Agreement dated August 17, 2005 among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General Partner, the Operating Company, WES, Williams Energy, L.L.C., Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC, Williams Partners Holdings LLC, Williams Midstream Natural Gas Liquids, Inc. and Williams Natural Gas Liquids, Inc. providing for the purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.

19

“ Unit ” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

“ Unitholders ” means the holders of Units.

“ UnitMajority” means, during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a class and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a single class, and after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Units.

“ UnpaidMQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).

“ UnrealizedGain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

“ UnrealizedLoss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

“ UnrecoveredCapital” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

“ U.S. GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

“ WES ” means Williams Energy Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successors thereto.

“ Williams ” means The Williams Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successors thereto.

“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b).

“ WorkingCapital Borrowings” means borrowings used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to Partners made pursuant to a credit facility or other arrangement to the extent such borrowings are required to be reduced to a relatively small amount each year (or for the year in which the Initial Offering is consummated, the 12-month period beginning on the Closing Date) for an economically meaningful period of time.

20

Section 1.2 Construction.

Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) the term “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATION

Section 2.1 Formation.

The General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act and hereby amend and restate the original Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P. in its entirety. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

Section 2.2 Name.

The name of the Partnership shall be “Williams Partners L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names as determined by the General Partner, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,” “Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices.

Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be Corporation Trust Center. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at One Williams Center, Suite 4100, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The address of the General Partner shall be One Williams Center, Suite 4100, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

21

Section 2.4 Purpose and Business.

The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage directly in, or enter into or form, hold or dispose of any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member; provided, however, that the General Partner shall not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in any business activity that the General Partner determines would cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to so propose or approve, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity.

Section 2.5 Powers.

The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary and appropriate for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

Section 2.6 Power of Attorney.

(a) Each Limited Partner hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator shall have been selected pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator (and any successor to the Liquidator by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments

22

(including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article IV, Article X, Article XI or Article XII; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger, consolidation or conversion of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and

(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator determines to be necessary or appropriate to (A) make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or (B) effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator may request in order to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

Section 2.7 Term.

The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of

23

Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.8 Title to Partnership Assets.

Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III

RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

Section 3.1 Limitation of Liability.

The Limited Partners and assignees shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

Section 3.2 Management of Business.

No Limited Partner, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or assignees under this Agreement.

24

Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited Partners.

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners, any Limited Partner shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner.

Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners.

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

(ii) to obtain a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(iii) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner;

(iv) to obtain a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;

(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership Group; and

(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

25

ARTICLE IV

CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF

PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 4.1 Certificates.

Upon the Partnership’s issuance of Common Units or Subordinated Units to any Person, the Partnership shall issue, upon the request of such Person, one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. In addition, (a) upon the General Partner’s request, the Partnership shall issue to it one or more Certificates in the name of the General Partner evidencing its General Partner Units and (b) upon the request of any Person owning Incentive Distribution Rights or any other Partnership Securities other than Common Units or Subordinated Units, the Partnership shall issue to such Person one or more certificates evidencing such Incentive Distribution Rights or other Partnership Securities other than Common Units or Subordinated Units. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent; provided, however, that if the General Partner elects to issue Common Units in global form, the Common Unit Certificates shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from the Transfer Agent certifying that the Common Units have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(c), the Partners holding Certificates evidencing Subordinated Units may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on which such Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.7.

Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may

26

be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the General Partner.

If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within a reasonable period of time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

Section 4.3 Record Holders.

The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person shall be the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest.

Section 4.4 Transfer Generally.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its General Partner Units to another Person or by which a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights assigns its Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or (ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest (other than an Incentive Distribution Right) assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise, including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

27

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or other owner of the General Partner of any or all of the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests in the General Partner.

Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.9, the General Partner shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

(c) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3, (iii) Section 4.8, (iv) with respect to any class or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any statement of designations or amendment to this Agreement establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual provisions binding on any Limited Partner and (vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities Act, Limited Partner Interests (other than the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall be freely transferable.

(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

Section 4.6 Transfer of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to June 30, 2015, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its GeneralPartner Interest to (A) an Affiliate

28

of the General Partner (other than an individual) or (B) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into such other Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after June 30, 2015, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any limited partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership or membership interest of the General Partner as the general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3, be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

Section 4.7 Transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights.

Prior to June 30, 2015, a holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of the Incentive Distribution Rights held by such holder without any consent of the Unitholders to (a) an Affiliate of such holder (other than an individual) or (b) another Person (other than an individual) in connection with (i) the merger or consolidation of such holder of Incentive Distribution Rights with or into such other Person, (ii) the transfer by such holder of all or substantially all of its assets to such other Person or (iii) the sale of all of the ownership interests in such holder. Any other transfer of the Incentive Distribution Rights prior to June 30, 2015 shall require the prior approval of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). On or after June 30, 2015, the General Partner or any other holder of Incentive Distribution Rights may transfer any or all of its Incentive Distribution Rights without Unitholder approval. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer of Incentive Distribution Rights to another Person shall be permitted unless the transferee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.8 Restrictions on Transfers.

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.8(d) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its

29

formation or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if it receives an Opinion of Counsel that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of the Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise becoming taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement; provided, however, that any amendment that would result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(c).

(d) Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to trading.

(e) In the event that any Partnership Interest is evidenced in certificated form, each such certificate shall bear a conspicuous legend in substantially the following form:

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). WILLIAMS PARTNERS GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P., MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

30

Section 4.9 Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If any Group Member is or becomes subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that the General Partner determines would create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner, the General Partner may request any Limited Partner to furnish to the General Partner, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner may request. If a Limited Partner fails to furnish to the General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner determines that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Limited Partner Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.10. In addition, the General Partner may require that the status of any such Limited Partner be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Non-citizen Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).

(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the General Partner, request that with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.10, such Non-citizen Assignee be admitted as a Limited Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such Non-citizen Assignee shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and shall no longer constitute a Non-citizen Assignee and the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

Section 4.10 Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.9(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner is an Eligible Citizen or has

31

transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Limited Partner Interest of such Limited Partner as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Limited Partner Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Limited Partner Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited Partner or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment therefor.

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.10 shall also be applicable to Limited Partner Interests held by a Limited Partner as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.10 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Limited Partner Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Limited Partner Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

32

ARTICLE V

CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND

ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

Section 5.1 Organizational Contributions.

In connection with the formation of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $20.00, for a 2% General Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the Partnership, and the Organizational Limited Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the amount of $980 for a 98% Limited Partner Interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date, the interest of the Organizational Limited Partner shall be redeemed; and the initial Capital Contribution of the Organizational Limited Partner shall thereupon be refunded. Ninety-eight percent of any interest or other profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use of such initial Capital Contributions shall be allocated and distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner, and the balance thereof shall be allocated and distributed to the General Partner.

Section 5.2 Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution Agreement: (i) the General Partner shall agree to contribute all of its ownership interest in Carbonate Trend Pipeline LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (A) 285,714 General Partner Units representing the 2% General Partner Interest, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and (B) the Incentive Distribution Rights; (ii) WES shall agree to contribute all of its ownership interest in Carbonate Trend Pipeline LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (A) 253,557 Common Units and (B) 887,450 Subordinated Units; (iii) Williams Energy, L.L.C. shall agree to contribute a 23.3% member interest in Discovery Producer Services LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (A) 715,693 Common Units and (B) 2,504,925 Subordinated Units; (iv) Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC shall agree to contribute a 16.7% member interest in Discovery Producer Services LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (A) 345,567 Common Units and (B) 1,209,486 Subordinated Units; and (v) Williams Partners Holdings LLC shall agree to contribute all of its member interests in Mid-Continent Fractionation and Storage, LLC to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, in exchange for (A) 685,183 Common Units and (B) 2,398,139 Subordinated Units.

(b) Upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership, the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the quotient determined by dividing (A) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (B) 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in Section 5.2(c) and Article XII, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

33

(c) On each date provided for reimbursement of expenses to the General Partner pursuant to Section 7.4(b), the General Partner shall contribute an amount to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, equal to the amount of any Excess G&A Expenses outstanding on such date.

(d) Each payment by the General Partner or an Affiliate (other than a Group Member) in satisfaction of all or any portion of the Environmental Indemnity Obligation shall be treated as a Capital Contribution to the Partnership by the General Partner in the amount of such payment.

Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited Partners and Distributions to the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership shall issue Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution is made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contribution to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.

(b) No Limited Partner Interests will be issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units issuable pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof in aggregate number equal to 5,000,000, (ii) the 2,000,000 Common Units and 7,000,000 Subordinated Units issuable pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof, (iii) the Incentive Distribution Rights and (iv) any Common Units issuable under, or to satisfy the obligations of the Partnership or any of its Affiliates under the Williams Partners GP LLC Long-Term Incentive Plan. No additional Limited Partner Interests will be issued in connection with any exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.

Section 5.4 Interest and Withdrawal.

No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have priority over any other Partner either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners agree within the meaning of Section 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such

34

Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement or governing, organizational or similar documents) of all property owned by (x) any other Group Member classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes of which a Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

35

(v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any method that the General Partner may adopt.

(vi) If the Partnership’s adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.

(c) (i) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Immediately prior to the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this Section 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.

(d) (i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to

36

Section 11.3(b), the Capital Account of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.

(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner,

37

including (i) the right to share Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may redeem the Partnership Security; (v) whether such Partnership Security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such Partnership Security; and (viii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Security.

(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the admission of Additional Limited Partners and (iv) all additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner shall determine the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest or any Incentive Distribution Rights into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed or admitted to trading.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated Units.

(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 5.7(a) above, the Subordination Period shall terminate and all Outstanding Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the second Business Day following the distribution of Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in respect of any Quarter in respect of which:

(i) distributions under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding the date of such distribution equaled or exceeded the sum of the Third Target Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that

38

are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units during such period;

 (ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during the four-Quarter period immediately preceding the date of such distribution equaled or exceeded the sum of the Third Target Distribution on all of the Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Basis, plus the related distribution on the General Partner Units during such period; and

(iii) the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all of the Common Units is zero.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all the Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4.

(d) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(b).

Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive Right.

Except as provided in this Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2(b), no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Security, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Securities from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Securities to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Securities.

Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end of the Subordination Period) are proportionately adjusted.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number

39

of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of this Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests .

All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account Purposes .

For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income . After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable year and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable year shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, 100% to the General Partner, in an amount equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years until the aggregate Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1 (a)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years;

40

(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ii) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; and

(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b) Net Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(iii) for all previous taxable years; provided, that the Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account);

(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(ii) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account); and

(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated in the same manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated hereunder. All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

41

(A) First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Capital Account;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital plus (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter defined as the “ Unpaid MQD ”) and (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (c), until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

(D) Fourth, 100% to the General Partner and all Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv) and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and (4) is hereinafter defined as the “ First Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(E) Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of

42

Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter defined as the “ Second Liquidation Target Amount ”);

(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and (2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi) and Section 6.4(b)(iv) (the sum of (1) and (2) is hereinafter defined as the “ Third Liquidation Target Amount ”); and

(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (x) and (y) of this clause (G).

(ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner:

(A) First, if such Net Termination Loss is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (A), until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and

(C) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

 (d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated

43

items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1 (d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations .

(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) to any Unitholder with respect to its Units for a taxable year is greater (on a per Unit basis) than the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed to the other Unitholders with respect to their Units (on a per Unit basis), then (1) each Unitholder receiving such greater cash or property distribution shall be allocated gross income in an amount equal to the product of (aa) the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such Unitholder exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the Unitholders receiving the smallest distribution and (bb) the number of Units owned by the Unitholder receiving the greater distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income in an aggregate amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs times (bb)

44

the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable year and (2) to the General Partner an amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 6.1 (d)(i) or Section 6.1(d)(ii).

(v) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

45

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity. At the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of such Subordination Period (“ Final Subordinated Units ”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount equal to the product of (A) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will be available to the General Partner only if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

46

(xi) Curative Allocation.

(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi) (A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable period, (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

(xii) Corrective Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

(A) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner shall allocate additional items of gross income and gain away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights to the Unitholders and the General Partner, or additional items of deduction and loss away from the Unitholders and the General Partner to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders or the General Partner exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items. For this purpose, the Unitholders and the General Partner shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders or the General Partner under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative Items taken into account in computing cost of goods

47

sold would reduce the amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(A) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(B) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balance of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

(C) In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

(xiii) Certain Allocations to the General Partner. Any deduction or loss attributable to the Partnership’s obligation to reimburse the General Partner for, or incurred by the Partnership and constituting, Excess G&A Expenses, which the General Partner has funded or agreed to fund pursuant to Section 5.2(c), and any deduction or loss attributable to environmental losses, costs, damages and expenses and repair and compliance costs suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group, which the General Partner or an Affiliate (other than a Group Member) has reimbursed or agreed to reimburse and which constitute Environmental Indemnity Obligations, shall be allocated to the General Partner.

Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

(i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss

48

is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or Section 5.5(d)(ii), and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

(c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(d) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

49

(e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner determined by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction shall for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income or loss realized and recognized other than in the ordinary course of business, as determined by the General Partner, shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the New York Stock Exchange on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method determined by the General Partner.

Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2005, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 

50

6.5, be deemed to be “ Capital Surplus .” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

(a) During Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of other Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

51

(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, holding Common Units, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B) of this subclause (vi), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).

(b) After Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

 (iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the

52

sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclause (A) and (B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).

Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus.

Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until a hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect to such Common Unit, during the period since the Closing Date through such date, distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with Section 5.9. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution

53

and Third Target Distribution, shall be adjusted proportionately downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.9.

Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units.

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 5.5(c)(ii), Section 6.1(d)(x) and Section 6.7(c).

(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.8 (other than a transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the transferring Unitholder’s Capital Account with respect to the retained Subordinated Units or retained converted Subordinated Units would be negative after giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).

(c) The Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, and shall not be permitted to transfer its converted Subordinated Units to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that a converted Subordinated Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In providing such advice, counsel may rely upon the fact that the General Partner will take positions in filing the tax returns of the Partnership (including information returns to unitholders) which are intended to preserve the uniformity of units, as described at “Material Tax Consequences—Uniformity of Units” in the Registration Statement, and may assume the validity of such positions. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to the converted Subordinated Units in preparation for a transfer of such converted Subordinated Units, including the application of Section 5.5(c)(ii) and Section 6.1(d)(x); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Common

54

Unit Certificates.

Section 6.8 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights (a) shall (i) possess the rights and obligations provided in this Agreement with respect to a Limited Partner pursuant to Article III and Article VII and (ii) have a Capital Account as a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5 and all other provisions related thereto and (b) shall not (i) be entitled to vote on any matters requiring the approval or vote of the holders of Outstanding Units, except as provided by law, (ii) be entitled to any distributions other than as provided in Section 6.4(a)(v), (vi) and (vii), Section 6.4(b)(iii), (iv) and (v), and Section 12.4 or (iii) be allocated items of income, gain, loss or deduction other than as specified in this Article VI.

Section 6.9 Entity-Level Taxation.

If legislation is enacted or the interpretation of existing language is modified by a governmental taxing authority so that a Group Member is treated as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to an entity-level tax for federal, state or local income tax purposes, then the General Partner shall estimate for each Quarter the Partnership Group’s aggregate liability (the “ Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount ”) for all such income taxes that are payable by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation; provided that any difference between such estimate and the actual tax liability for such Quarter that is owed by reason of any such new legislation or interpretation shall be taken into account in determining the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in which any such difference can be determined. For each such Quarter, the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution, shall be the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out herein prior to the application of this Section 6.9 times (b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.

ARTICLE VII

MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

Section 7.1 Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall

55

have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital contributions to any Group Member;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group and the Partners;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations, limited liability companies or other relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, any Group Member from

56

time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities;

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s participation in any Group Member; and

(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the Partnership.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, any Group Member Agreement of any other Group Member and the other agreements described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or through any officer of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

57

Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited Partnership.

The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent the General Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4 (a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General Partner’s Authority.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the General Partner may not, without written approval of the specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement, including, (i) committing any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership; (ii) possessing Partnership property, or assigning any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose; (iii) admitting a Person as a Partner; (iv) amending this Agreement in any manner; or (v) transferring its interest as a general partner of the Partnership.

(b) Except as provided in Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (including by way of merger, consolidation or other combination or sale of ownership interests of the Partnership’s Subsidiaries) without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. Without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority, the General Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, (i) consent to any amendment to the Operating Company Agreement or, except as expressly permitted by Section 7.9(f), take any action permitted to be taken by a member of the Operating Company, in either case, that would adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to any other class of Partnership Interests) in any material respect or (ii) except as permitted under Section 4.6, Section 11.1 and Section 11.2, elect or cause the Partnership to elect a successor general partner of the Partnership.

58

Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as a general partner or managing member of any Group Member.

(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person including Affiliates of the General Partner to perform services for the Partnership Group or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership Group’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership Group. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7. To the extent the Partnership is obligated to reimburse the General Partner for expenses pursuant to this Section 7.4(b), such reimbursements may be offset against any Capital Contributions to the Partnership that the General Partner is obligated to make pursuant to Section 5.2(c).

(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Securities or options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such Affiliates are obligated to provide to any employees pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliates from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) pursuant to Section 4.6.

59

Section 7.5 Outside Activities.

(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the General Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as a general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the Partnership), and (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member, if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member.

(b) Each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty expressed or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner or of any Indemnitee for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to any Indemnitee (including the General Partner). No Indemnitee (including the General Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for the Partnership shall have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) shall not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason of the fact that such Indemnitee (including the General Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such opportunity or information to the Partnership.

(d) None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any Indemnitee.

(e) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may acquire Units or other Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at their option, all rights relating to all Units or other Partnership Securities acquired by them. For purposes of this Section 7.5(d), the

60

term “Affiliates,” when used with respect to the General Partner, shall not include any Group Member.

Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.

(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “ Group Member ” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member.

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty, expressed or implied, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partner’s Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

Section 7.7 Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as an Indemnitee; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be indemnified and held harmless if there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; provided,

61

further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than a Group Member) with respect to its or their obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, the Omnibus Agreement or the Contribution Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership). Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to a determination that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against, or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose that is in the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

62

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitee’s conduct was criminal.

(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

63

Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of interest is (i) approved by Special Approval, (ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution, and the General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. If Special Approval is not sought and the Board of Directors of the General Partner determines that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or (iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision, the Board of Directors of the General Partner acted in good faith, and in any proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

(b) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a determination or other action to be in “good faith” for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making such determination or taking or declining to take such other action must believe that the determination or other action is in the best interests of the Partnership, unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or otherwise,

64

then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, are entitled to make such determination or to take or decline to take such other action free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner, and the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not of limitation, whenever the phrase, “at the option of the General Partner,” or some variation of that phrase, is used in this Agreement, it indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests, it shall be acting in its individual capacity.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be at its option.

(e) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other Indemnitee.

(f) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

65

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership.

Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities.

The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Securities; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.10, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for its own account, subject to the provisions of Article IV and Article X.

Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Securities (the “ Holder ”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Securities specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to Section 7.12(a) and Section 7.12 (c); and provided further, however, that if the Conflicts Committee determines that the requested registration would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such registration would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to postpone such requested registration for a period of not more than three months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to this Section 7.12(a) or Section 7.12(b) not to be utilized more than twice in any twelve-month period. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Partnership shall be deemed not to have used all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the registration statement effective during the applicable period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Partnership Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Partnership Securities at any time during such period, unless such action is required by applicable law. In connection with any registration pursuant to the first sentence of this Section

66

7.12(a), the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12 (d), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) if any Holder holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such Holder to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use all reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such shelf registration statement have been sold, a “shelf” registration statement covering the Partnership Securities specified by the Holder on an appropriate form under Rule 415 under the Securities Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to Section 7.12(a) and this Section 7.12(b); and provided further, however, that if the Conflicts Committee determines in good faith that any offering under, or the use of any prospectus forming a part of, the shelf registration statement would be materially detrimental to the Partnership and its Partners because such offering or use would (x) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, reorganization or other similar transaction involving the Partnership, (y) require premature disclosure of material information that the Partnership has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or (z) render the Partnership unable to comply with requirements under applicable securities laws, then the Partnership shall have the right to suspend such offering or use for a period of not more than three months after receipt of the Holder’s request, such right pursuant to Section 7.12(a) or this Section 7.12(b) not to be utilized more than twice in any twelve-month period. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Partnership shall be deemed not to have used all reasonable efforts to keep the shelf registration statement effective during the applicable period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Partnership Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Partnership Securities at any time during such period, unless such action is required by applicable law. In connection with any shelf registration pursuant to this Section 7.12(b), the Partnership shall (i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such shelf registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as

67

a result of such shelf registration, and (B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such shelf registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such shelf registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(c) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity securities of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of securities held by the Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided, that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take any action to so include the securities of the Holder once the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission, including any registration statement providing for the offering from time to time of securities pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(c) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Securities would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of securities held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(d), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(d) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “ Indemnified Persons ”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(d) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Securities were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated

68

therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(e) The provisions of Section 7.12(a), Section 7.12(b) and Section 7.12(c) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a General Partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Securities with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Securities for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(d) shall continue in effect thereafter.

(f) The rights to cause the Partnership to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Securities, provided (i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in this Section 7.12.

(g) Any request to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such Partnership Securities for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Securities, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Securities.

Section 7.13 Reliance by Third Parties.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner

69

or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII

BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

Section 8.1 Records and Accounting.

The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders and assignees of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Section 8.2 Fiscal Year.

The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

Section 8.3 Reports.

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or made available to each Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or

70

admitted to trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE IX

TAX MATTERS

Section 9.1 Tax Returns and Information.

The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and a taxable year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable year ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Section 9.2 Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(g) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

Section 9.3 Tax Controversies.

Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

Section 9.4 Withholding.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446

71

of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner (including, without limitation, by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X

ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

Section 10.1 Admission of Initial Limited Partners.

Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to the General Partner, WES, Williams Energy, L.L.C., Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC, Williams Partners Holdings LLC and the Underwriters as described in Section 5.2 and Section 5.3 in connection with the Initial Offering, the General Partner shall admit such parties to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units, Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to them.

Section 10.2 Admission of Limited Partners.

(a) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner Interests in accordance with Article IV or the acceptance of any Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to Article V or pursuant to a merger or consolidation pursuant to Article XIV, and except as provided in Section 4.9, each transferee of, or other such Person acquiring, a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred or issued to such Person when any such transfer, issuance or admission is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred, (ii) shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, (iv) grants the powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (v) makes the consents and waivers contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement. A Person may become a Limited Partner or Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until such Person is reflected in the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of a Person who is a Non-citizen Assignee shall be determined in accordance with Section 4.9 hereof.

(b) The name and mailing address of each Limited Partner shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer Agent

72

to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1 hereof.

(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2(a).

Section 10.3 Admission of Successor General Partner .

A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partners Units) pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner Interest (represented by General Partners Units) pursuant to Section 4.6, provided , however , that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

Section 10.4 Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership .

To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.

ARTICLE XI

WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General Partner .

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “ Event of Withdrawal ”);

(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;

(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

73

(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a) (iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on June 30, 2015, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“ Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel ”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any Group Member or cause any Group Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Central Time, on June 30, 2015, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the

74

General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

Section 11.2 Removal of the General Partner.

The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a majority of the outstanding Common Units voting as a class and a majority of the outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a class (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

Section 11.3 Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Departing Partner shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner, to require its

75

successor to purchase its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partners Units) and its general partner interest (or equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all of its Incentive Distribution Rights (collectively, the “ Combined Interest ”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner), such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner (or, in the event the business of the Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest of the Departing Partner. In either event, the Departing Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the Departing Partner or its Affiliates (other than any Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Departing Partner’s Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest of the Departing Partner. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion

76

of the Combined Interest of the Departing Partner to Common Units will be characterized as if the Departing Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner) and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of the Percentage Interest of the Departing Partner and the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be its Percentage Interest.

Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages.

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis, (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and (iii) the General Partner will have the right to convert its General Partner Interest (represented by General Partner Units) and its Incentive Distribution Rights into Common Units or to receive cash in exchange therefor.

Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited Partners.

No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII

DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

Section 12.1 Dissolution.

The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

77

(a) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

 (b) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act;

(c) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or Section 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3; or

(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution .

Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this Agreement; provided , that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group Member would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

78

Section 12.3 Liquidator.

Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during the period of time required to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

Section 12.4 Liquidation.

The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by the Liquidator, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity (subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for

79

its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership.

Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

Section 12.6 Return of Contributions.

The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

Section 12.7 Waiver of Partition.

To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

Section 12.8 Capital Account Restoration.

No Limited Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the Partnership by the end of the taxable year of the Partnership during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within 90 days after the date of such liquidation.

80

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP

AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner.

Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members will not be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise taxed as entities for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that the General Partner determines, (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “ Quarter ” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the

81

Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

(k) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Section 13.2 Amendment Procedures .

Except as provided in Section 13.1 and Section 13.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by the General Partner; provided, however, that the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to propose any amendment to this Agreement and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership or any Limited Partner and, in declining to propose an amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the General Partner and the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements .

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be

82

amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement without the approval of any Partners as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Units.

Section 13.4 Special Meetings.

All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and

83

control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

Section 13.5 Notice of a Meeting .

Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

Section 13.6 Record Date.

For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner in accordance with Section 13.11.

Section 13.7 Adjournment.

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes.

The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the

84

disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

Section 13.9 Quorum and Voting.

The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Units of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Units, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Units that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Units specified in this Agreement (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Units entitled to vote at such meeting (including Outstanding Units deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

Section 13.10 Conduct of a Meeting.

The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

 Section 13.11 Action Without a Meeting.

If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than

85

the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related Matters.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Units on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “ Outstanding ”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.

(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

86

ARTICLE XIV

MERGER

Section 14.1 Authority.

The Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether general or limited including a limited liability partnership), formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of the United States of America, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“ Merger Agreement ”) in accordance with this Article XIV.

Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.

Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General Partner; provided, however, that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner and, in declining to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall not be required to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at equity. If the General Partner shall determine to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(a) the names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(b) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “ Surviving Business Entity ”);

(c) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(d) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

87

(e) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(f) the effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed at a date or time certain at or prior to the time of the filing of such certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(g) such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation .

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) or Section 14.3(e), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) or Section 14.3(e), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d) or Section 14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such conversion, merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with the same rights and obligations as are herein contained.

 (e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if

88

(A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an amendment to the Partnership Agreement, other than any amendments that could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or consolidation, (D) each Unit outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation is to be an identical Unit of the Partnership after the effective date of the merger or consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Securities to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation do not exceed 20% of the Partnership Securities Outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of such merger or consolidation.

Section 14.4 Certificate of Merger.

Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

Section 14.5 Amendment of Partnership Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 17-211(g)of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation approved in accordance with this Article XIV may (a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or (b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.5 shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger or consolidation.

Section 14.6 Effect of Merger.

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

89

(b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another.

ARTICLE XV

RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable at its option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i) “ Current Market Price ” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) per Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; (ii) “ Closing Price ” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal National Securities Exchange (other than The Nasdaq Stock Market) on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange (other than The Nasdaq Stock Market), the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by The Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the General Partner; and (iii) “ Trading Day ” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted for trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted for trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “ Notice of Election to Purchase ”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the

90

General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Article IV, Article V, Article VI and Article XII).

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.

ARTICLE XVI

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices .

Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any notice, payment or

91

report to be given or made to a Partner hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Postal Service marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

Section 16.2 Further Action.

The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

Section 16.3 Binding Effect.

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

Section 16.4 Integration.

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

Section 16.5 Creditors.

None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

92

Section 16.6 Waiver .

No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

Section 16.7 Third-Party Beneficiaries

Each Partner agrees that any Indemnitee, including Williams or any of its Subsidiaries, shall be entitled to assert rights and remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right, benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee.

Section 16.8 Counterparts .

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner Interest, pursuant to Section 10.2(a) without execution of this Agreement.

Section 16.9 Applicable Law .

This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

Section 16.10 Invalidity of Provisions .

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

Section 16.11 Consent of Partners .

Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

Section 16.12 Facsimile Signatures .

The use of facsimile signatures affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and registrar of the Partnership on certificates representing Common Units is expressly permitted by this Agreement.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

93

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Chief Operating Officer
LIMITED PARTNERS
Williams Energy Services, LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Senior Vice President
Williams Energy, L.L.C.
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Senior Vice President and General Manager - Business Development
Williams Discovery Pipeline LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Senior Vice President and General Manager

S-94

Williams Partners Holdings LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Chief Operating Officer
All Limited Partners now and hereafter admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership, pursuant to powers of attorney now and hereafter executed in favor of, and granted and delivered to the General Partner or without execution hereof pursuant to Section 10.2(a) hereof.
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Name:	Alan S. Armstrong
	Title:	Chief Operating Officer

S-95

EXHIBIT A

to the Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership of

Williams Partners L.P.

Certificate Evidencing Common Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

Williams Partners L.P.

No. 

___________Common Units

CUSIP ___________

In accordance with Section 4.1 of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of Common Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Common Units ”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at One Williams Center, Attn: Legal Department, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). WILLIAMS PARTNERS GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P., MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL

A-1

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

Dated:		Williams Partners L.P.
Countersigned and Registered by:		By:	Williams Partners GP LLC, its General Partner
		By:
as Transfer Agent and Registrar		Name:
By:		By:
	Authorized Signature		Secretary
[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of                       survivorship and not as   UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT _______________ Custodian ___________________ (Cust)  (Minor) under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)

Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF COMMON UNITS

in

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

(Please print or typewrite name	(Please insert Social Security or other
and address of assignee)	identifying number of assignee)

A-2

Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Williams Partners L.P.

Date: _______________________ NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.

A-3

THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE
GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE	(Signature)
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND
LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT
UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN
APPROVED SIGNATURE	(Signature)
GUARANTEE MEDALLION
PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C.
RULE 17d-15
Signature(s) Guaranteed

No transfer of the Common Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Common Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

A-4

Amendment No. 1

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 1, dated August 7, 2006 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “ Partnership Agreement ”) of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, pursuant to authority granted to it in Article 13 of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d)(iv) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines is required to effect the intent expressed in the registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-124517) (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed with and declared effective by the Commission in connection with the Partnership’s initial public offering of Common Units);

WHEREAS, the description of the Partnership Agreement contained in the Registration Statement and the form of the Partnership Agreement attached as Appendix A to the prospectus contained in the Registration Statement contemplated that, during the Subordination Period, holders of Common Units and Subordinated Units would participate on a pro rata basis with respect to distributions of the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for a Quarter. However, as a result of a scrivener’s error, clause (iv) of Section 6.4(a) of the Partnership Agreement incorrectly states that Unitholders holding Common Units are entitled to receive distributions of such excess, creating an ambiguity regarding whether Holders of Subordinated Units are also entitled to participate on a pro rata basis with respect to such distributions; and

WHEREAS, the General Partner deems it in the best interest of the Partnership to effect this Amendment in order to amend clause (iv) of Section 6.4(a) of the Partnership Agreement, to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in light of the foregoing, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Clause (iv) of Section 6.4(a) of the Partnership is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

“(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until there has been distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;”

2. This Amendment shall be effective as of August 23, 2005, which date is the effective date of the Partnership Agreement.

3. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

4. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

6. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Alan S. Armstrong
	Chief Operating Officer

Amendment No. 2

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 2, dated August 23, 2006 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, pursuant to authority granted to it in Article 13 of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, the General Partner deems it in the best interest of the Partnership and the Limited Partners to amend the definition of “Capital Improvement” in Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement to include additions or improvements to, or the construction or acquisition of, capital assets that are made to increase the cash flow from operations of the Partnership Group, or an equity investee thereof, in addition to those that increase revenues or operating capacity.

NOW, THEREFORE, in light of the foregoing, it is hereby agreed as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to amend and restate the following definition:

“ CapitalImprovement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member, (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, any hydrocarbon gathering systems or pipelines, any natural gas processing or natural gas liquids fractionation facilities, any storage or terminal facilities and any related or similar midstream assets), or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a Person in which a Group Member has an equity interest, to fund the Group Member’s pro rata share of the cost of the acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets (including, without limitation, any hydrocarbon gathering systems or pipelines, any natural gas processing or natural gas liquids fractionation facilities, any storage or terminal facilities and any related or similar midstream assets) by such Person, in each case if such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to increase the operating capacity, revenues or cash flow from operations of the Partnership Group, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause (c), from the operating capacity, revenues or cash flow from operations of the Partnership Group or such Person, as the case may be, existing

immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction.

2. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

4. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Alan S. Armstrong
	Chief Operating Officer

Amendment No. 3

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 3, dated December 13, 2006 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 5.6(a) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any Limited Partners;

WHEREAS, Section 5.6(b) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the additional Partnership Securities authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to such Section 5.6(a) of the Partnership Agreement may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner;

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(g) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the General Partner (the “ Board ”) deems it in the best interest of the Partnership to effect this Amendment to provide for (i) the issuance of the Privately Placed Class B Units (as defined herein) and Privately Placed Common Units (as defined herein) to certain qualified institutional buyers and possibly certain accredited investors pursuant to a Unit Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2006, (ii) the issuance of Sponsor Class B Units (as defined herein) to the General Partner pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, (iii) the conversion of the Privately Placed Class B Units and Sponsor Class B Units into Common Units in accordance with the terms described herein, and (iv) such

other matters as are provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed that the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add or amend and restate the following definitions:

“ Class B Distribution Increase Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(g).

“ Class B Unit ” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Class B Units in this Agreement. The term “ Class B Unit ” as used herein does not include a Common Unit, Subordinated Unit or Parity Unit. A Class B Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs. The term “ Class B Unit ” includes the Privately Placed Class B Units and the Sponsor Class B Units.

“ Class B Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Class B Unit, whenever used, as to any Quarter, the amount if any, by which (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution in respect of such Quarter (or, for the period from the Class B Distribution Increase Date through the Conversion Effective Date, 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution) exceeds (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Class B Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B)(x).

“ Class B Unit Value ” means with respect to the Privately Placed Class B Units and the Sponsor Class B Units, $38.00 per unit.

“ Conversion Approval ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(f).

“ Conversion Approval Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(f).

“ Conversion Effective Date ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(h).

“ Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage ” means, with respect to any Class B Unit, whenever used, as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, by which (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Class B Unit Arrearage for each of the Quarters during which any Class B Unit has been Outstanding exceeds (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made to a Class B Unit pursuant to Section 5.11 (b)(ii)(B)(x)(2) and the

2

penultimate sentence of Section 6.5 (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

“Excess Payment” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.11(b)(vi)(B) (as set forth in Section 5.11(g)).

“Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units, the Class B Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

“Issue Price” means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership, after taking into account any sales commission or underwriting discount charged to the Partnership and after taking into account any other form of discount with respect to the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership; provided, however, in the case of the Sponsor Class B Units, the Issue Price shall be deemed to be $38.00 per unit, in the case of the Privately Placed Class B Units, $35.81 per unit, and in the case of the Privately Placed Common Units, $36.59 per unit.

“Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including without limitation, Common Units, Class B Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

“Private Common Unit Value” means with respect to the Privately Placed Common Units, $38.00 per unit.

“Privately Placed Class B Units” means the Class B Units issued pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement.

“Privately Placed Common Units” means the Common Units issued pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement.

“Purchase and Sale Agreement” means the Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and among Williams Energy Services, LLC, Williams Field Services Group, LLC, Williams Field Services Company, LLC, the General Partner, the Partnership and Williams Partners Operating LLC.

3

“ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments ” means as of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners’ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General Partner’s Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to the General Partner Units for each prior taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable period.

“ Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items ” means in connection with any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period, (i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Class B Units or Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders’ Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner (as holder of the General Partner Units), the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the General Partner’s Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and (iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.

“ Sponsor Class B Units ” means the Class B Units issued to the General Partner or its designee pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

“ Unit ” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class B Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

“ Unit Majority ” means, during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class, at

4

least a majority of the Outstanding Class B Units voting as a single class, and at least a majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units voting as a single class, and after the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Units.

“Unit Purchase Agreement” means the Common Unit and Class B Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2006, among the Partnership and the purchasers named therein.

2. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby further amended to amend and restate the final sentence to the definition of “Common Unit” as follows:

“The term “ Common Unit ” does not include a Subordinated Unit or a Class B Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.”

3. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby further amended to add the following new sentence at the end of the definition of “Subordinated Unit”:

“In addition to the foregoing, for the avoidance of doubt, the term “ Subordinated Unit ” does not include a Class B Unit.”

4. Section 4.5(d) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety:

“(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Class B Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units, the Class B Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.”

5. Section 4.8(c) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety:

“(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(c). The transfer of a Class B Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(d). The transfer of a Privately Placed Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(d).”

6. Section 5.5(a) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add the following at the end of such section:

“The initial Capital Account balance in respect of each Privately Placed Class B Unit and each Sponsor Class B Unit shall be the Class B Unit Value, and the initial Capital Account balance of each holder of Class B Units in respect of all Class B Units held thereby shall be the product of such initial balance for a Class B Unit multiplied by the number of Class B Units held thereby. The initial Capital Account balance in respect of each

5

Privately Placed Common Unit shall be the Private Common Unit Value, and the initial Capital Account balance of each holder of Privately Placed Common Units in respect of all Privately Placed Common Units held shall be the product of such initial balance for a Privately Placed Common Unit multiplied by the number of Privately Placed Common Units held thereby. Immediately following the creation of a Capital Account balance in respect of each Class B Unit, each Unitholder acquiring a Class B Unit at original issuance shall be deemed to have received a cash distribution in respect of such Class B Units in an amount equal to the product of (x) the total number of Class B Units so acquired by such Unitholder, multiplied by (y) either, (A) in the case of Privately Placed Class B Units, the difference between the Class B Unit Value and the Issue Price of a Privately Placed Class B Unit, or (B) in the case of Sponsor Class B Units, the difference between the Class B Unit Value and the Issue Price of a Sponsor Class B Unit. Immediately following the creation of a Capital Account balance in respect of each Privately Placed Common Unit, each Unitholder acquiring a Privately Placed Common Unit at original issuance shall be deemed to have received a cash distribution in respect of such Privately Placed Common Units in an amount equal to the product of (x) the total number of Privately Placed Common Units so acquired by such Unitholder, multiplied by (y) the difference between the Private Common Unit Value and the Issue Price of a Privately Placed Common Unit.”

7. Section 5.5(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add the following at the end of such section:

“Any adjustments that are made under this paragraph in connection with the issuance of the Class B Units and the Privately Placed Common Units shall be based on the Class B Unit Value, in the case of Class B Units, and the Private Common Unit Value, in the case of Privately Placed Common Units.”

8. Section 5.7 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add a new clause (iv) to Section 5.7(b) as follows:

“(iv) the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage on all of the Outstanding Class B Units is zero.”

9. Section 5.9(a) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety:

“(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), Section 6.6 and Section 6.9 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit

6

basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage, Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, Class B Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of Common Units into which Subordinated Units may convert prior to the end of the Subordination Period and the number of Common Units into which Class B Units may convert) are proportionately adjusted.”

10. Article V of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.11 creating a new class of Units as follows:

“Section 5.11 Establishment of Class B Units

(a) General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a class of Units to be designated as “Class B Units” and consisting of a total of 6,805,492 Class B Units, and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of holders of the Class B Units as set forth in this Section 5.11.

(b) Rights of Class B Units. During the period commencing upon issuance of the Class B Units and ending on the Conversion Effective Date (or that later time specified in this Section 5.11(b)), unless amended pursuant to Section 5.11(g) hereof:

(i) Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be allocated to the Class B Units to the same extent as such items would be so allocated if such Class B Units were Common Units (other than Privately Placed Common Units) that were then Outstanding.

(ii) Distributions from Operating Surplus During Subordination Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.4(a), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall receive the same distribution per Unit pursuant to Section 6.4(a) as Unitholders holding Common Units receive pursuant to Section 6.4(a); provided, that :

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Unit shall not receive any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i)) or Section 6.4(a)(ii); and

B) following any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and prior to any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii), Available Cash shall be distributed as follows: (x) (1) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage

7

Interest and (2) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter and (y)(1) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (2) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter.

(iii) Distributions from Operating Surplus After Subordination Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.4(b), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall receive the same distribution per Unit pursuant to Section 6.4(b) as other Unitholders receive pursuant to Section 6.4(b); provided, that :

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Units shall not receive any distributions pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(i); and

(B) following any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 5.11(b)(iii)(A)) and prior to any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(ii), Available Cash shall be distributed 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter.

(iv) Allocation of Net Termination Gain to Class B Unitholders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1(c)(i), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall be allocated Net Termination Gain in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(i); provided, that

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Units shall not receive any allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(B) or Section 6.1(c)(i)(C); and

(B) following any allocation made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(B) and prior to any allocation made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), any remaining Net Termination Gain shall be allocated (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) all Unitholders holding Class B Units,

8

Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (iv)(B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B)(x)(2) with respect to such Class B Unit for such Quarter, and (3) any then existing Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage.

(v) Allocation of Net Termination Loss to Class B Unitholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1(c)(ii), with respect to allocations made in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(ii), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall be allocated Net Termination Loss in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(ii)(B) in the same manner as Unitholders holding Common Units.

(vi) Elimination of Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearages Upon Conversion. If a Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage exists on the Conversion Effective Date, Available Cash shall be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage, if any, as of such date. This distribution shall not be deemed a distribution on a Common Unit, but the satisfaction of prior entitlements of the holders of Class B Units as of the Conversion Effective Date. For the taxable year in which the distribution is made, if not previously allocated, each Person receiving such distribution shall be allocated items of gross income in an amount equal to such distribution as provided in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

(c) Voting Rights. The Class B Units will have such voting rights pursuant to the Partnership Agreement as such Class B Units would have if they were Common Units that were then Outstanding except that, (i) with respect to the Conversion Approval, none of the Class B Units shall be deemed Outstanding as of the record date for such vote or be entitled to vote thereon, and (ii) other than with respect to the Conversion Approval, the Class B Units shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on any matter that materially adversely affects the rights or preferences of the Class B Units in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests or as required by law. The approval of a majority of the Class B Units shall be required to approve any matter for

9

which the holders of the Class B Units are entitled to vote as a separate class. Each Class B Unit will be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Common Units into which a Class B Unit is convertible at the time of the record date for the vote or written consent on the matter.

(d) Certificates. The Class B Units will be evidenced by certificates in such form as the General Partner may approve and, subject to the satisfaction of any applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may be assigned or transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of other Units. The certificates will initially include a restrictive legend to the effect that the Class B Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(e) Registrar and Transfer Agent. The General Partner will act as registrar and transfer agent of the Class B Units.

(f) Conversion. Except as provided in Section 5.11(i) and in this Section 5.11(f), the Class B Units are not convertible into Common Units. The Partnership shall, pursuant to the Unit Purchase Agreement, as promptly as practicable following the issuance of any Class B Units, but in any event not later than 180 days following such issuance, take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to submit to a vote or consent of its Unitholders that hold Common Units the approval of a change in the terms of the Class B Units to provide that each Class B Unit shall automatically convert into one Common Unit (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any split-up, combination or similar event affecting the Common Units that occurs prior to the conversion of the Class B Units) effective immediately upon receipt of such approval from the Unitholders that hold Common Units of the Partnership (the “ Conversion Approval ”) without any further action by the holders thereof. The vote or consent required for the Conversion Approval shall be a Unit Majority or such other the requisite vote as may be required under the rules or staff interpretations of the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted for trading. Upon receipt of the Conversion Approval and compliance with Section 5.11(h), the terms of the Class B Units will be changed, automatically and without further action, so that each Class B Unit is converted into one Common Unit and immediately thereafter, none of the Class B Units shall be Outstanding. The date that the Conversion Approval is obtained is herein referred to as the “ Conversion Approval Date .”

(g) Automatic Provisions. If the Conversion Effective Date has not occurred within 180 days following the date of issuance of the Class B Units, then effective as of the next succeeding day (the “ Class B Distribution Increase Date ”) until the Conversion Effective Date, Section 5.11(b) will be deemed to be amended

10

in its entirety, automatically and without further action, as follows:

“(b) Rights of Class B Units. Prior to the Conversion Effective Date (or the later date specified in this Section 5.11(b)):

(i) Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be allocated to the Class B Units to the same extent as such items would be so allocated if such Class B Units were Common Units (other than Privately Placed Common Units) that were then Outstanding;

(ii) Distributions from Operating Surplus During the Subordination Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.4 (a), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall receive distributions per Unit pursuant to Section 6.4(a) equal to 115% of the distribution per Unit received by Unitholders holding Common Units pursuant to Section 6.4(a); provided, that :

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Units shall not receive any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or Section 6.4(a)(ii); and

(B) following any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and prior to any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii), Available Cash shall be distributed (x)(1) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (2) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter ( provided, further , that the portion of such distribution attributable to the additional 15% above the Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be pro rated in the Quarter in which the Class B Distribution Increase Date occurs) and (y)(1) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (2) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage, if any, existing with respect to such Quarter; and

11

(iii) Distributions from Operating Surplus After the Subordination Period . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.4(b), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall receive distributions per Unit pursuant to Section 6.4(b) equal to 115% of the distribution per Unit received by other Unitholders pursuant to Section 6.4(b); provided, that :

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Units shall not receive any distributions pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(i); and

(B) following any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(i) (subject to Section 5.11(b)(iii)(A)) and prior to any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(ii), Available Cash shall be distributed 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, in accordance with their respective percentage interests until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter.

(iv) Allocation of Net Termination Gain to Class B Unitholders . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1(c)(i), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall be allocated Net Termination Gain in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(i); provided, that :

(A) Unitholders holding Class B Units shall not receive any allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(B) or Section 6.1(c)(1)(C);

(B) following any allocation made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(B) and prior to any allocation made pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(C), any remaining Net Termination Gain shall be allocated (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (iv) (B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, and (2) 115% of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 5.11(b)(ii)(B)(x) (2) with respect to such Class B Unit for such Quarter, and (3) any then existing Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage; and

12

(C) the amount allocated to Unitholders holding Class B Units pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(1)(D), Section 6.1(c)(1)(E), Section 6.1(c)(1) (F) and Section 6.1(c)(1)(G) shall be the amount required to make the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Class B Unit equal to 115% of the Per Unit Capital Amount of a Common Unit.

(v) Allocation of Net Termination Loss to Class B Unitholders. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1(c)(ii), with respect to allocations made in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(ii), Unitholders holding Class B Units shall be allocated Net Termination Loss in accordance with Section 6.1(c)(ii)(B) in the same manner as Unitholders holding Common Units.

(vi) Elimination of Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearages Upon Conversion; Excess Payments. If the Conversion Effective Date occurs after the Class B Distribution Increase Date, on the Conversion Effective Date (or the later date specified in Section 5.11(b)(vi)(B) below):

(A) if a Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage exists on the Conversion Effective Date, Available Cash shall be distributed (1) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (2) to the Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage, if any, as of the Conversion Effective Date. This distribution shall not be deemed a distribution on a Common Unit, but the satisfaction of prior entitlements of the holders of Class B Units as of the Conversion Effective Date. For the taxable year in which such distribution is made, if not previously allocated, each Person receiving such cash distribution shall be allocated items of gross income in an amount equal to such distribution as provided in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A); and

(B) for the Quarter in which such conversion occurs, concurrently with the distribution of Available Cash in respect of such Quarter in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof (subject to Section 5.11), a distribution shall be paid to each holder of record of Class B Units as of the Conversion Effective Date, with the amount of such distribution for each such Class

13

B Unit to be equal to the product of (a) 15% of the amount to be distributed in respect of such Quarter to each Common Unit times (b) a fraction, of which (I) the numerator is the number of days in such Quarter up to but excluding the Conversion Effective Date and (II) the denominator is the total number of days in such Quarter (such amount, the “ Excess Payment ”). For the taxable year in which an Excess Payment is made, if not previously allocated, each holder of a Class B Unit shall be allocated items of gross income in an amount equal to the Excess Payment distributed to it as provided in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A). For the avoidance of doubt, each Common Unit issued upon conversion of a Class B Unit shall be entitled to receive the full distribution payable to the holder of a Common Unit concurrently with the distribution of such Excess Payment.

(h) Surrender of Certificates. Upon receipt of the Conversion Approval in accordance with Section 5.11(f) or a change in rules of the National Securities Exchange as described in Section 5.11(i), the General Partner shall give the holders of the Class B Units prompt notice of such Conversion Approval or change in rules and, subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(d), each holder of Class B Units shall promptly surrender the Class B Unit Certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the General Partner or of any transfer agent for the Class B Units. In the case of any such conversion, the Partnership shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Class B Units one or more Common Unit Certificates, registered in the name of such holder, for the number of Common Units to which such holder shall be entitled. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made as of the Conversion Approval Date or, in the case of Section 5.11(i), the date of the effectiveness of such rule change (the “ Conversion Effective Date ”), and the Person entitled to receive the Common Units issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Units as of such date.

(i) Change in Rules of National Securities Exchange. If at any time (i) the rules of the National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading or the staff interpretations of such rules are changed or (ii) facts or circumstances arise so that no vote or consent of Unitholders is required as a condition to the listing or admission to trading of the Common Units that would be issued upon any conversion of any Class B Units into Common Units as provided in Section 5.11(f), the terms of such Class B Units will be changed so that each Class B Unit is converted (without further action or any vote of any Unitholders other than compliance with Section 5.11(h)) into one Common Unit and immediately thereafter, none of the Class B Units

14

shall be Outstanding.”

11. Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety:

“(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed or deemed distributed pursuant to Section 5.5(a), with respect to Class B Units or Privately Placed Common Units, or Section 12.4) to any Unitholder with respect to its Units for a taxable year is greater (on a per Unit basis) than the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed to the other Unitholders with respect to their Units (on a per Unit basis), then (1) each Unitholder receiving such greater cash or property distribution shall be allocated gross income in an amount equal to the product of (aa) the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such Unitholder exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the Unitholders receiving the smallest distribution and (bb) the number of Units owned by the Unitholder receiving the greater distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income in an aggregate amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs by (y) the sum of 100 less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time in which the greater cash or property distribution occurs times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.”

12. Article VI is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.1(d)(xiv) as follows:

“(xiv) Allocations for Class B Units and Privately Placed Common Units .

(A) With respect to any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, a Book-Up Event or Book-Down Event occurring after the date of issuance of the Class B Units and the Privately Placed Common Units, Partnership items of income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% (1) to the Partners holding Privately Placed Common Units in proportion to the number of Privately Placed Common Units held by such Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated the amount that increases the Capital Account of such Privately Placed Common Unit to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an outstanding Common Unit (other than a Privately Placed Common Unit) and (2) to the Partners holding Class B Units or converted Class B Units that are Outstanding as of the time of such conversion in proportion to the number of Class B Units or converted Class B Units held by such Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated the amount that increases the Capital Account of such Class B Unit or converted Class B Unit to the Per Unit Capital Amount for a then outstanding Common Unit.

15

(B) With respect to any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the transfer of Privately Placed Common Units or converted Class B Units to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder, Partnership items of income or gain for such taxable period shall be allocated 100% (1) to the Partners transferring such Privately Placed Common Units in proportion to the number of Privately Placed Common Units transferred by such Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated the amount that increases the Capital Account of such Privately Placed Common Unit to the Per Unit Capital Amount for a then outstanding Common Unit (other than a Privately Placed Common Unit) and then (2) to the Partners transferring such converted Class B Units in proportion to the number of converted Class B Units transferred by such Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated the amount that increases the Capital Account of such converted Class B Unit to the Per Unit Capital Amount for a then outstanding Common Unit.”

12. Section 6.5 is hereby amended to add the following as a new penultimate sentence:

“Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed (A) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (B) to all Unitholders holding Class B Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect of each Class B Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearage.”

13. Section 6.6(a) of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to amend and restate the first sentence thereof as follows:

“The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Third Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages, Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages, Class B Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Class B Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with Section 5.9.”

14. Article VI is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.7(d) as follows:

“(d) A Unitholder holding (1) a Privately Placed Common Unit or (2) a Class B Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.11 shall be required to provide notice to the General Partner of the transfer of the Privately Placed Common Unit or converted Class B Unit no later than the last Business Day of the calendar year during which such transfer occurred, unless (x) the transfer is to an Affiliate of the holder or (y) by virtue of the application of Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B) to a prior transfer of the Unit or the application of Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(A), the General Partner has previously determined, based on advice of counsel, that the Privately Placed

16

Common Unit or converted Class B Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(d), the General Partner shall take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to the Privately Placed Common Units and converted Class B Units in preparation for a transfer of such Units, including the application of Section 6.1(d)(xiv)(B); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Common Unit Certificates.”

15. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

16. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

17. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

[REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

17

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Rodney J. Sailor
	Rodney J. Sailor
	Treasurer

AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

This Amendment No. 4, dated April 15, 2008 (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, the General Partner desires to amend the Partnership Agreement to make certain adjustments to certain allocation provisions and the definitions related thereto, which adjustments shall be effective in accordance with Section 761(c) of the Code as of January 1, 2007; and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it under Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not require the approval of any Limited Partner.

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1.1 is hereby amended to add or amend and restate the following definitions:

“ Disposed of Adjusted Property” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).

“ Net Termination Gain ” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership (a) after the Liquidation Date or (b) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group). The items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

“ NetTermination Loss” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership (a) after the Liquidation Date or (b) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the Partnership Group). The items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

2. Section 5.5(d) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

1

(i) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as consideration for the provision of services or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(b), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance for an amount equal to its fair market value and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1(c) in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution that is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed distribution, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such method of valuation as it may adopt.

3. Section 6.1(d)(xii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss, the following rules shall apply:

2

(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof) with respect to any Partnership property, the General Partner shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (1) to (aa) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) the General Partner in the same manner that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property is allocated pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or Section 5.5(d)(ii) and (2) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property is allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or Section 5.5(d)(ii).

(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an Adjusted Property (“Disposed of Adjusted Property”), the General Partner shall allocate (1) additional items of income and gain (aa) away from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner and (bb) to the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the General Partner, to the extent that the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. For this purpose, the Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under the Partnership Agreement (e.g., Additional Book Basis Derivative Items taken into account in computing cost of goods sold would reduce the amount of book income otherwise available for allocation among the Partners). Any allocation made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed Allocations.

(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account balance of the Partners if no prior Book-Up Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.

(D) In making the allocations required under this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).

4. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

6. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Amendment that are enforceable and legal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Donald R. Chappel
	Name:	Donald R. Chappel
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

4

Amendment No. 5

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 5, dated April 16, 2009 (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it under Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect.

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 6.4 is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (c) to such Section:

“(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.4, any distributions of Available Cash to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights provided for in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Subsection 6.4(b) with respect to each Quarter ending in 2009 shall be reduced to zero.”

2. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

4. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Alan S. Armstrong
	Alan S. Armstrong
	Chief Operating Officer

Amendment No. 6

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 6, dated February 17, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership, without the approval of any Limited Partner, may, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, issue additional Partnership Securities for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as determined by the General Partner; and

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(g) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of the issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Williams Energy Services, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WES ”), Williams Gas Pipeline Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WGP ”), WGP Gulfstream Pipeline Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ WGPGPC ”), the General Partner (the General Partner, together with WES, WGP and WGPGPC, the “ Contributing Parties ”), the Partnership and Williams Partners Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Partnership (the “ Operating Company ”) and, for a limited purpose, The Williams Companies, Inc., entered into that certain Contribution Agreement (the “ 2010 Contribution Agreement ”) dated January 15, 2010, pursuant to which the Contributing Parties will contribute membership interests and a limited partner interest in certain Delaware limited liability companies and a Delaware limited partnership, respectively, in exchange for aggregate consideration that includes the issuance of Class C Units representing a new class of Partnership Securities to be designated as “Class C Units,” with such terms as are set forth in this Amendment; and

WHEREAS, the General Partner has determined that the creation of the Class C Units will be in the best interests of the Partnership and fair and reasonable to the Partnership’s unaffiliated Unitholders; and

WHEREAS, the issuance of the Class C Units complies with the requirements of the Partnership Agreement; and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it: (i) under Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that this Amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect, and (ii) under Section 13.1 (g) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that this Amendment to the Partnership Agreement is necessary and appropriate in connection with the authorization of issuance of the Class C Units;

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add or amend and restate the following definitions:

“ 2010Contribution Agreement” means that Contribution Agreement, dated as of January 15, 2010, among Williams Gas Pipeline Company, LLC, WES, WGP Gulfstream Pipeline Company, L.L.C., the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company, and (for purposes of certain Sections thereof only) Williams.

“ 2010Contribution General Partner Units” means the General Partner Units issued in accordance with Section 2.2(a)(iii) of the 2010 Contribution Agreement.

“ 2010Omnibus Agreement” means that Omnibus Agreement, dated as of February 17, 2010, among Williams and the Partnership.

“ Class C Conversion Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12(f).

“ Class C Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to the Class C Units in this Agreement. The term “Class C Unit” does not refer to a Common Unit until such Class C Unit has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

“ DebtObligations” means, at any particular time, all of the then outstanding indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership arising under the (i) $150 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on June 15, 2011, (ii) $600 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on February 1, 2017, (iii) $250 million term loan outstanding under a $450 million senior unsecured credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, and (iv) $750 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on February 15, 2015, (v) $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature

2

on March 15, 2020, and (vi) $1.25 billion senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on April 15, 2040, including in each case any indebtedness, liabilities and obligations treated as that borrowing pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-8T or any successor provision.

“ DebtObligation Net Losses” means an amount of Net Losses as determined for the taxable period that if allocated to any Unitholder would cause such Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or an increase in any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period). Any such Debt Obligation Net Losses will be allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii).

“ DebtObligation Net Termination Losses” means an amount of Net Termination Losses as determined for the taxable period that if allocated to any Unitholder would cause such Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or an increase in any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period). Any such Debt Obligation Net Termination Losses will be allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C).

“ NonrecourseLiability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2) (and excludes the Debt Obligations for which the General Partner bears economic risk of loss under Treasury Regulation 1.752-2).

“ PerUnit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

“ QuarterlyDevils Tower Payments” means amounts paid to the Partnership quarterly pursuant to Article IV of the 2010 Omnibus Agreement with respect to the amortization of deferred revenue in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with respect to the Devils Tower floating production platform located in Mississippi Canyon Block 773.

“ Unit ” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class B Units, Class C Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

2. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby further amended to amend and restate the final sentence to the definition of “Common Unit” as follows:

“The term “ CommonUnit” does not include a Subordinated Unit, a Class B Unit or a Class C Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.”

3. Section 4.8(c) is hereby amended to add the following sentence to the end of Section 4.8(c):

“The transfer of a Class C Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.10.”

3

4. Section 5.2 is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.2(e) as follows:

“(e) Each payment by Williams or an Affiliate of Williams in satisfaction of all or any portion of the Quarterly Devils Tower Payment shall be treated as a Capital Contribution to the Partnership by the General Partner in the amount of such payment.”

5. Section 5.5(c) is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.5(c)(iii) as follows:

“(iii) Subject to Section 6.10, immediately prior to the transfer of a Class C Unit or of a Class C Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.12(f) by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(iii) apply), the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Class C Units or converted Class C Units will (A)  first, be allocated to the Class C Units or converted Class C Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the number of such Class C Units or converted Class C Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit, and (B)  second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Class C Units or converted Class C Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Class C Units or retained converted Class C Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Class C Units or converted Class C Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.”

6. Article V is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.12 creating a new class of Units as follows:

“Section 5.12 Establishment of Class C Units.

(a) General. The General Partner hereby designates and creates a class of Units to be designated as “Class C Units” and consisting of a total of 203,000,000 Class C Units, and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of holders of the Class C Units as set forth in this Section 5.12.

(b) Rights of Class C Units. During the period commencing upon issuance of the Class C Units and ending on the Class C Conversion Effective Date:

(i) Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, all items of Partnership income, gain, loss, deduction and credit shall be allocated to the Class C Units to the same extent as such items would be so allocated if such Class C Units were Common Units that were then Outstanding.

(ii) Distributions. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Class C Units shall have the right to share in partnership distributions of Available Cash pursuant to Section 6.3 on a pro rata basis with the Common Units (excluding distributions with respect to (A) the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs and (B) the calendar quarter prior to the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs), so that the amount of any Partnership distribution to each Common

4

Unit will equal the amount of such distribution to each Class C Unit. The Class C Units shall have the right to share in Partnership distributions of Available Cash pursuant to Section 6.3 with respect to the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs, so that the amount of any Partnership distribution to each Class C Unit will equal (A) the amount of such distribution to each Common Unit multiplied by (B) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of days commencing with the first day of the month in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs and ending with the last day of such calendar quarter and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of days in such calendar quarter.

(c) Voting Rights. Prior to the Class C Conversion Effective Date, the Class C Units shall be entitled to vote as a single class with the holders of the Common Units on any matters on which Unitholders are entitled to vote, and shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on any matter that adversely affects the rights or preferences of the Class C Units in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests (including as a result of a merger or consolidation) or as required by law. The approval of a majority of the Class C Units shall be required to approve any matter for which the holders of the Class C Units are entitled to vote as a separate class. Each Class C Unit will be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of Common Units into which a Class C Unit is convertible at the time of the record date for the vote or written consent on the matter.

(d) Certificates. The Class C Units will be evidenced by certificates in substantially the form of Exhibit A to Amendment No. 6 to this Agreement and, subject to Section 6.10 and the satisfaction of any applicable legal and regulatory requirements, may be assigned or transferred in a manner identical to the assignment and transfer of Common Units. The certificates will initially include a restrictive legend to the effect that the Class C Units have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws.

(e) Registrar and Transfer Agent. The General Partner will act as registrar and transfer agent of the Class C Units.

(f) Conversion. Each Class C Unit shall automatically convert into one Common Unit (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any split-up, combination or similar event affecting the Common Units or other Units that occurs prior to the conversion of the Class C Units) effective as of the first business day following the record date for the distribution with respect to the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs (the “ Class C Conversion Effective Date ”) without any further action by the holders thereof and without the approval of any Partner. The terms of the Class C Units will be changed, automatically and without further action, on the Class C Conversion Effective Date so that each Class C Unit is converted into one Common Unit and, immediately thereafter, none of the Class C Units shall be Outstanding; provided, however, that such converted Class C Units will remain subject to the provisions of Sections 6.1(d)(xv) and 6.10.

 (g) Surrender of Certificates. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.10, on or after the Class C Conversion Effective Date, each holder of Class C Units shall promptly surrender the Class C Unit Certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office

5

of the General Partner or of any transfer agent for the Class C Units. In the case of any such conversion, the Partnership shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Class C Units one or more Unit Certificates, registered in the name of such holder, for the number of Common Units to which such holder shall be entitled. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made as of the Class C Conversion Effective Date whether or not the Class C Unit certificate has been surrendered as of such date, and the Person entitled to receive the Common Units issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder of such Common Units as of such date.

7. Section 6.1(b)(ii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders, in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that (A) Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(ii) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account) and (B) Debt Obligation Net Losses are not Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability and any such Debt Obligation Net Losses shall be allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii); and”

8. Section 6.1(c)(ii)(B) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the percentage applicable to subclause (x) of this clause (B), until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; provided, that Debt Obligation Net Termination Losses are not Nonrecourse Deductions attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability and any such Debt Obligation Net Termination Losses shall be allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C)); and”

9. Section 6.1(d)(xiii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

“(xiii) Certain Allocations to the General Partner. (A) Any deduction or loss attributable to the Partnership’s obligation to reimburse the General Partner for, or incurred by the Partnership and constituting, Excess G&A Expenses, which the General Partner has funded or agreed to fund pursuant to Section 5.2(c) and any deduction or loss attributable to environmental losses, costs, damages and expenses and repair and compliance costs suffered or incurred by the Partnership Group, which the General Partner or an Affiliate (other than a Group Member) has reimbursed or agreed to reimburse and which constitute Environmental Indemnity Obligations, shall be allocated to the General Partner, and (B) all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership deduction or loss for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated to the General Partner until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xiii)(B) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the cumulative amount of all Quarterly Devils Tower Payments made to the Partnership.”

6

10. Section 6.1(d) is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.1(d)(xv) as follows:

“(xv) Class C Economic Uniformity. With respect to any taxable period in which the Class C Conversion Effective Date occurs (and, if necessary, any subsequent taxable period), items of Partnership gross income, gain, deduction or loss for the taxable period shall be allocated 100% to each Limited Partner with respect to such Limited Partner’s Class C Units that are Outstanding on the Class C Conversion Effective Date in the proportion that the respective number of Class C Units held by such Partner bears to the total number of Class C Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated the amount of gross income, gain, deduction or loss with respect to such Partner’s Class C Units that causes the Capital Account attributable to each Class C Unit, on a per Unit basis, to equal the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit on the Class C Conversion Effective Date. The purpose for this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying converted Class C Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units immediately prior to the conversion of Class C Units into Common Units.

11. Section 6.4 is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.4(d) as follows:

“(c) Reduction in Distributions for Quarter of 2010 Contribution Agreement Closing.

(i) Reduction in Distributions to General Partner. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.3 with respect to the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs shall be reduced by the amount equal to (A) the amount that would otherwise have been distributed with respect to the 2010 Contribution General Partner Units for such quarter multiplied by (B) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of days commencing with the first day of such quarter and ending on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of days in such calendar quarter. In the event that the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs prior to or on the record date for a distribution by the Partnership of Available Cash pursuant to Section 6.3 with respect to a calendar quarter prior to the calendar quarter in which the Closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs, the 2010 Contribution General Partner Units shall not be taken into account in determining the Percentage Interest of the General Partner or any Unitholder with respect to such prior calendar quarter and the 2010 Contribution General Partner Units shall have no right to share in distributions of Available Cash with respect to such prior calendar quarter.

(ii) Reduction in Distribution to Holders of Incentive Distribution Rights. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.3 with respect to the calendar quarter in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs shall be reduced by the amount equal to (A) the excess of (x) the amount that would otherwise have been distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for such quarter if this Section 6.4(d)(ii) did not exist over (y) the amount that would have been distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights for such quarter if the contributions

7

contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement had not been made and the issuances of Class C Units and General Partner Units contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement had not occurred, multiplied by (B) a fraction, (x) the numerator of which is the number of days commencing with the first day of such quarter and ending on the last day of the month preceding the month in which the closing of the contributions contemplated by the 2010 Contribution Agreement occurs and (y) the denominator of which is the total number of days in such calendar quarter.”

12. Article VI is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.10 as follows:

“Section 6.10 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Class C Units. A Unitholder holding a Class C Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.12 shall not be issued a Unit Certificate pursuant to Sections 4.1 or 5.12(g), and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Units until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that the converted Class C Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.10, the General Partner shall take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to the converted Class C Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(iii) and 6.1(d)(xv); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Unit Certificates.”

13. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

14. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

15. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

* * * * *

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Donald R. Chappel
	Name:	Donald R. Chappel
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Amendment No. 6 to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF CLASS C UNIT CERTIFICATE

Certificate Evidencing Class C Units

Representing Limited Partner Interests in

Williams Partners L.P.

No.  Class C Units

In accordance with Section 5.12(d) of the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Williams Partners L.P., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), hereby certifies that (the “ Holder ”) is the registered owner of Class C Units representing limited partner interests in the Partnership (the “ Class C Units”) transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of the Class C Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the Class C Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and provisions of, the Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of the Partnership located at One Williams Center, Attn: Legal Department, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74172-0172. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR QUALIFICATION OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED). WILLIAMS PARTNERS GP LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P., MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P. BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED TO TRADING.

A-1

The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, is deemed to have (i) requested admission as, and agreed to become, a Limited Partner and to have agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed the Partnership Agreement, (ii) represented and warranted that the Holder has all right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity necessary to enter into the Partnership Agreement, (iii) granted the powers of attorney provided for in the Partnership Agreement and (iv) made the waivers and given the consents and approvals contained in the Partnership Agreement.

Williams Partners L.P.
By:	Williams Partners GP LLC,
	its General Partner
By:
	Name:
	Title:
By:
	Name:
	Title:

[Reverse of Certificate]

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM -	as tenants in common	UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
TEN ENT -	as tenants by the entireties	Custodian
		(Cust)                                  (Minor)
JT TEN -	as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common	under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also be used.

ASSIGNMENT OF CLASS C UNITS

in

WILLIAMS PARTNERS L.P.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto

(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee) (Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of assignee)

Class C Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

A-2

as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to transfer the same on the books of Williams Partners L.P.

Date:	NOTE:	The signature to any endorsement hereon  must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change.
			(Signature)
			(Signature)

No transfer of the Class C Units evidenced hereby will be registered on the books of the Partnership, unless the Certificate evidencing the Class C Units to be transferred is surrendered for registration or transfer.

A-3

Amendment No. 7

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 7, dated November 17, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it under Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect.

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add or amend and restate the following definitions:

“ Credit Facility ” means a $1.75 billion three-year senior unsecured revolving credit facility with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent.

“ Debt Obligations ” means, at any particular time, all of the then outstanding indebtedness, liabilities and obligations of the Partnership arising under the (i) $150 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on June 15, 2011, (ii) $600 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on February 1, 2017, (iii) $250 million term loan outstanding under a $450 million senior unsecured credit agreement with Citibank, N.A. as administrative agent, (iv) $750 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on February 15, 2015, (v) $1.5 billion senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on March 15, 2020, and (vi) $1.25 billion senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on April 15, 2040, including in each case any indebtedness, liabilities and obligations treated as that borrowing pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.163-8T or any successor provision, and excluding, without limitation, any indebtedness, liabilities and obligations arising under (i) borrowings after February 17, 2010 under the Credit Facility or (ii) the $600 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on November 15, 2020.

“ NonrecourseDeductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability (including without limitation, any indebtedness, liabilities and obligations arising under (i) borrowings after February 17, 2010 under the Credit Facility or (ii) the $600 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on November 15, 2020).

“ NonrecourseLiability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2) (and includes, without limitation, any indebtedness, liabilities and obligations arising under (i) borrowings after February 17, 2010 under the Credit Facility or (ii) the $600 million senior unsecured notes outstanding that mature on November 15, 2020, and excludes the Debt Obligations for which the General Partner bears economic risk of loss under Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2).

2. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

4. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

* * * * *

2

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Donald R. Chappel
	Name:	Donald R. Chappel
	Title:	Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Amendment No. 7 to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

Amendment No. 8

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 8, dated April 27, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership, without the approval of any Partner, may, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, issue additional Partnership Securities for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as determined by the General Partner; and

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, the Partnership and Caiman Energy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Caiman ”), entered into that certain Contribution Agreement (the “ 2012 Contribution Agreement ”) dated March 19, 2012, pursuant to which the Partnership will acquire all of the outstanding limited liability company interests of Caiman Eastern Midstream, LLC (the “ Acquisition ”) in exchange for aggregate consideration that includes the issuance of Common Units (the “ Caiman Common Units ”); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the Acquisition, the Partnership will issue and sell to Williams or its affiliates $1 billion of Common Units (the “ Williams Common Units ” and collectively with the Caiman Common Units , the “ 2012 Contribution Units ”) at a price equal to the price per Common Unit negotiated with Caiman.

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it under Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect.

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions:

“ 2012 Contribution Agreement ” means that Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2012, among the Partnership and Caiman Energy, LLC.

“ 2012 Contribution First Distribution Quarter ” means the Quarter with respect to which the first Record Date following the issuance of the 2012 Contribution Units occurs.

“ 2012 Contribution IDR Waiver Period ” means the period of seven consecutive Quarters commencing with the 2012 Contribution First Distribution Quarter.

“ 2012 Contribution Units ” means the Common Units issued to Caiman Energy, LLC and to Williams or its affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by the 2012 Contribution Agreement.

2. Section 6.4 is hereby amended by adding a new subsection (e) to such Section:

“(e) Reduction in Certain Distributions for 2012 Contribution IDR Waiver Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 with respect to each Quarter within the 2012 Contribution IDR Waiver Period shall be reduced by the amount equal to the excess of (i) the amount that would otherwise have been distributed to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights for such Quarter if this Section 6.4(e) did not exist over (ii) the amount that would have been distributed to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights for such Quarter if the issuances of the 2012 Contribution Units had not occurred.”

3. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

4. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

5. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

* * * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Donald R. Chappel
	Donald R. Chappel
	Title: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Amendment No. 8 to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

Amendment No. 9

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 9, dated November 5, 2012 (this “ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “ Partnership Agreement ”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “ Partnership ”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “ General Partner ”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership, without the approval of any Partner, may, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, issue additional Partnership Securities for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as determined by the General Partner; and

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS The Williams Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Williams ”), the General Partner (the General Partner together with Williams, the “ Contributing Parties ”), the Partnership, Williams Partners Operating LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Operating Company ”) and Williams Field Services Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ WFSG ” and together with the Partnership and the Operating Company, the “ Partnership Parties ”) entered into that certain Contribution Agreement dated October 29, 2012 (the “ WOL Contribution Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Contributing Parties will contribute 100% of the issued and outstanding membership interest in Williams Olefins, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, to the Partnership in exchange for aggregate consideration that includes the issuance of Common Units: and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to the power and authority granted to it under Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect.

NOW THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

1. Section 1.1 of the Partnership Agreement is hereby amended to add the following definitions:

“ Cash Consideration ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the WOL Contribution Agreement.

“ Final Consideration Adjustment Amount ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the WOL Contribution Agreement.

“ Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference” means the amount, if any, that the absolute value of the Final Consideration Adjustment Amount as finally determined, if it is a negative number, is greater than the Cash Consideration as provided in Section 2.4(d)(ii) of the WOL Contribution Agreement.

“Final Consideration Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount” means an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference by 1.022.

“ Final Consideration Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount ” means an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Final Consideration Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount by four.

“ Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period ” means the period of four consecutive Quarters commencing with the Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter.

“ Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter ” means the Quarter with respect to which the first Record Date occurs following the date on which the Final Consideration Adjustment Amount is finally determined.

“ Geismar Expansion Date ” means the date that is 30 days following the date on which Williams Olefins, L.L.C. delivers to CB&I, Inc. the “Certificate of Substantial Completion” pursuant to Section 33.5 of that certain Facility Engineering, Procurement and Construction Contract dated March 30, 2012 between Williams Olefins, L.L.C. and CB&I, Inc.

“ WOL Contribution Agreement ” means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2012, by and among Williams, the General Partner, the Partnership, the Operating Company and Williams Field Services Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

“ WOL First Distribution Quarter ” means the Quarter with respect to which the first Record Date following the Closing Date (as defined in the WOL Contribution Agreement) occurs.

“ WOL IDR Waiver Period” means the period commencing with the WOL First Distribution Quarter and ending on the later of the last day of the Quarter ending December 31, 2013 or the last day of the Quarter during which the Geismar Expansion Date occurs.

2. Section 6.4 is hereby amended by adding new subsections (f) and (g) to such Section:

“(f) Reduction in Certain Distributions with respect to the WOL IDR Waiver Period. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and without limiting the reductions described in Section 6.4(e), the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 with respect to each Quarter within the WOL IDR Waiver Period shall be reduced by the amount of $16,000,000 per Quarter, provided, however, that if the Geismar Expansion Date occurs after December 31, 2013 and on a date that is not the last day of a Quarter, the distribution of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights with respect to such Quarter shall be reduced by the product of $16,000,000 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days beginning on the first day of such Quarter up to and including the Geismar Expansion Date and of which the denominator is the total number of days in such Quarter.

(g) Reduction in Certain Distributions with respect to the Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and without limiting the reductions described in Sections 6.4(e) and 6.4(f), the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 shall be reduced by:

(i) an amount equal to the Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference with respect to the Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter; or

(ii) in lieu of the reduction described in clause (i) of this Section 6.4(g), upon the election of the holder of Incentive Distribution Rights in its sole discretion pursuant to written notice delivered to the Partnership prior to the Record Date with respect to the Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter, an amount equal to the Final Consideration Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount with respect to each Quarter within the Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period.”

3. Whenever this Amendment refers to a number of days, such number shall refer to calendar days.

4. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

6. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

* * * * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
Williams Partners GP LLC
By:	/s/ Donald R. Chappel
	Donald R. Chappel
	Title: Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Amendment No. 9 to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

Amendment No. 10

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 10, dated October 25, 2013, (this “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “Partnership Agreement”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, acting pursuant to Section 13.1(d)(i) of the Partnership Agreement, the General Partner has determined that the following amendment to the Partnership Agreement does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect.

NOW THEREFORE:

1.The General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement by adding to Section 6.4 thereof a new subsection (h) as follows:

“(h)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 6.4 to the contrary and without limiting the other reductions described in this Section 6.4, any distributions of Available Cash to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights provided for in this Section 6.4 with respect to each Quarter ending on or before March 31, 2014 may, at the discretion of the General Partner, be further reduced, by either an amount or percentage, as determined by the General Partner.”

2.Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

3.This Amendment shall be governed by, and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, all rights and remedies being governed by such laws without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

4.Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those provisions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

[Signature Page Follows]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:

Williams Partners GP LLC

By:    /s/Donald R. Chappel_____________________________

Donald R. Chappel

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Amendment No. 11

to

Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership

of Williams Partners L.P.

This Amendment No. 11, dated February 28, 2014, (this “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership, dated as of August 23, 2005, as amended (the “Partnership Agreement”), of Williams Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Partnership”), is entered into and effectuated by Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the general partner of the Partnership (the “General Partner”), pursuant to authority granted to it in Article XIII of the Partnership Agreement. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms used but not defined herein are used as defined in the Partnership Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 5.6(a) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the Partnership, without the approval of any Limited Partner, may, for any Partnership purpose, at any time or from time to time, issue additional Partnership Securities for such consideration and on such terms and conditions as determined by the General Partner; and

WHEREAS, Section 5.6(b) of the Partnership Agreement provides that each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) of the Partnership Agreement may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties as shall be fixed by the General Partner;

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(d) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect a change that the General Partner determines does not adversely affect the Limited Partners (including any particular class of Partnership Interests as compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any material respect; and

WHEREAS, Section 13.1(g) of the Partnership Agreement provides that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may amend any provision of the Partnership Agreement to reflect an amendment that the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with the authorization of the issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Partnership Agreement;

WHEREAS, the Partnership and Williams and certain of their respective affiliates entered into that certain Contribution Agreement (the “WECU Contribution Agreement”) dated February 24, 2014, pursuant to which Williams’ wholly-owned subsidiary, Williams Gas Pipeline Company, LLC (the “Unit Purchaser”) will contribute all ownership interests in Williams Partners Coöperatief U.A., a Dutch cooperative, the sole direct parent of Williams Energy Canada ULC, an Alberta Canada unlimited liability corporation, in exchange for consideration that includes the issuance of a new class of Partnership Securities to be designated as “Class D Units,” with such terms as are set forth in this Amendment;

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Class D Unit put option set forth in Section 5.6 of the WECU Contribution Agreement (the “Class D Unit Put Option”), the Partnership may issue and sell additional Class D Units to the Unit Purchaser; and

WHEREAS, the General Partner deems it in the best interest of the Partnership to effect this Amendment to provide for (i) the creation of a new class of Units to be designated as Class D Units and to fix the preferences and the relative participating, optional and other special rights, powers and duties pertaining to the Class D Units, including without limitation the conversion of the Class D Units into Common Units in accordance with the terms described herein and (ii) such other matters as are provided herein.

NOW, THEREFORE, the General Partner does hereby amend the Partnership Agreement as follows:

A.Amendment. The Partnership Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

1.Section 1.1 is hereby amended to add or restate, as applicable, the following definitions:

“Adjusted Cash Consideration” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“Cash Consideration” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“Class D Conversion Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(d)(i).

“Class D Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to a Class D Unit in this Agreement. A Class D Unit that is convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common Unit until such conversion occurs.

“Class D Unit Distribution” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.13(f)(i).

“Class D Unit Put Option” means that certain Put Option set forth in Section 5.6 of the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“Common Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to or include any Subordinated Unit, Class B Unit or Class C Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof. A Class D Unit will not constitute a Common Unit until the Class D Conversion Date.

“Excess Distribution” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

“Excess Distribution Unit” is defined in Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).

“Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the Partnership), including without limitation, Common Units, Class B Units, Class C Units, Class D Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights.

“Suncor Adjustment Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed such term in the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference” means the amount, if any, that the absolute value of the Suncor Adjustment Amount as finally determined, if it is a negative number, is greater than the Adjusted Cash Consideration as provided in Section 2.5(d)(ii) of the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“Suncor Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount” means an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference by 1.022.

“Suncor Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount” means an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the Suncor Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount by four.

“Suncor Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period” means the period of four consecutive Quarters commencing with the Suncor Adjustment Reduction Quarter.

“Suncor Adjustment Reduction Quarter” means the Quarter with respect to which the first Record Date occurs following the date on which the Suncor Adjustment Amount is finally determined.

“Unit” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Class B Units, Class C Units, Class D Units and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) General Partner Units (or the General Partner Interest represented thereby) or (ii) Incentive Distribution Rights.

“VWAP Price” as of a particular date means the volume-weighted average trading price, as adjusted for splits, combinations and other similar transactions, of a Common Unit on the national securities exchange on which the Common Units are listed or admitted to trading, calculated over the consecutive 30-trading day period ending on the close of trading on the trading day immediately prior to such date.

“WECU Contribution Agreement” means that Contribution Agreement, dated as of February 24, 2014 among the Partnership and Williams and certain of their affiliates.

“WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount” shall have the meaning ascribed to the term “Final Consideration Adjustment Amount” in the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“WECUFinal Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference” means the amount, if any, that the absolute value of the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount as finally determined, if it is a negative number, is greater than the Adjusted Cash Consideration as provided in Section 2.4(d)(ii) of the WECU Contribution Agreement.

“WECUFinal Consideration Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount” means an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference by 1.022.

“WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount” means an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Annual Reduction Amount by four.

“WECUFinal Consideration Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period” means the period of four consecutive Quarters commencing with the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter.

“WECUFinal Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter” means the Quarter with respect to which the first Record Date occurs following the date on which the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount is finally determined.

2.Section 4.8(c) is hereby amended to add the following sentence to the end of Section 4.8(c):

“The transfer of a Class D Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.11.”

3.Article V is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.13 as follows:

“Section 5.13    Establishment of Class D Units

(a)    The General Partner hereby designates and creates a series of Units to be designated as “Class D Units,” having the terms and conditions set forth herein.

(b)    The holders of the Class D Units shall have rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, including the right to share in any liquidating distributions pursuant to Section 12.4, in accordance with Article XII.

(c)    Issuance of Class D Units. Class D Units shall initially be issued as contemplated by Article 2 of the WECU Contribution Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof. Additional Class D Units shall be issued either in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Class D Unit Put Option or pursuant to a Class D Unit Distribution.

(i)    Upon the initial issuance of Class D Units as provided in Article 2 of the WECU Contribution Agreement, the General Partner’s capital account shall be adjusted and General Partner Units shall be issued to the General Partner pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.

(ii)    Upon the issuance of Class D Units pursuant to the Class D Unit Put Option, the General Partner’s capital account shall be adjusted and General Partner Units shall be issued to the General Partner pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.6(a) of the WECU Contribution Agreement.

(iii)    Upon the issuance of Class D Units pursuant to a Class D Unit Distribution, the General Partner may, in exchange for a proportionate number of General Partner Units to maintain its Percentage Interest as of such date, make an additional Capital Contribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (x) the quotient obtained by dividing (1) the Percentage Interest of the General Partner immediately prior to such issuance, by (2) a percentage equal to 100%, less such Percentage Interest and (y) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the holders of Class D Units in exchange for such issuance of Class D Units. Class D Unit Distributions will be treated solely for purposes of this Section 5.13(c)(iii) as if the cash equivalent of such Class D Units had been distributed to the holder of the Class D Units and thereafter recontributed by such holder to the Partnership in exchange for such issuance of Class D Units.

(d)    Conversion of Class D Units

(i)    Effective on the business day after the record date for the distribution on Common Units for the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2015, each Class D Unit shall become convertible at the election of the holder thereof or the Partnership into a Common Unit on a one-for-one basis by delivery of written notice to the Partnership or the holder thereof, as applicable, setting forth the number of Class D Units held by the holder, the number of Class D Units it is electing to convert, and other applicable information as may be reasonably requested by the Partnership or the holder thereof, as applicable (such date on which a holder or the Partnership elects to convert a Class D Unit, a “Class D Conversion Date”). If such Class D Units are Certificated, a Class D Unit Certificate shall be delivered by the holder to the Transfer Agent representing an amount of Class D Units at least equal to the amount such holder or the Partnership, as applicable, is electing to convert (or an instruction letter shall be delivered by the holder to the Transfer Agent if the Class D Units are in book-entry form), together with such additional information as may be requested by the Transfer Agent. Thereafter, the Partnership shall take commercially reasonable steps to complete the conversion in accordance with this Section 5.13(d). In the case of any Certificate representing Class D Units which are converted in part only, upon such conversion the Transfer Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of Class D Units thereof, at the expense of the Partnership, a new Certificate representing the number of Class D Units not so converted.

(ii)    Upon conversion, the rights of a holder of converted Class D Units as holder of Class D Units shall cease with respect to such converted Class D Units, including any rights under this Agreement with respect to holders of Class D Units, and such Person shall continue to be a Limited Partner and have the rights of a holder of Common Units under this Agreement with respect to the Common Units received in such conversion. Each Class D Unit shall, upon its Class D Conversion Date, be deemed to be transferred to, and cancelled by, the Partnership in exchange for the issuance of the Common Unit into which such Class D Unit converted.

(iii)    The Partnership shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer taxes or duties relating to the issuance or delivery of Common Units upon conversion of the Class D Units. However, the holder shall pay any tax or duty that may be payable relating to any transfer involving the issuance or delivery of Common Units in a name other than the holder’s name. The Transfer Agent may refuse to deliver the Certificate representing Common Units (or notation of book entry) being issued in a name other than the holder’s name until the Transfer Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax or duties which will be due because the Common Units are to be issued in a name other than the holder’s name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation.

(iv)    (A)    The Partnership shall keep free from preemptive rights a sufficient number of Common Units to permit the conversion of all Outstanding Class D Units into Common Units to the extent provided in, and in accordance with, this Section 5.13(d).

(B)    All Common Units delivered upon conversion of the Class D Units shall be newly issued, shall be duly authorized and validly issued, and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim.

(C)    The Partnership shall comply with all applicable securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of any Common Units upon conversion of Class D Units and, if the Common Units are then listed or quoted on the New York Stock Exchange, or any other National Securities Exchange or other market, shall list or cause to have quoted and keep listed and quoted the Common Units issuable upon conversion of the Class D Units to the extent permitted or required by the rules of such exchange or market.

(D)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, nothing herein shall give to any holder of Class D Units any rights as a creditor in respect of its right to conversion.

(e)    Allocations. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, during the period commencing upon issuance of the Class D Units and ending on the Class D Conversion Date, all items of Partnership income, gain, loss,

deduction and credit, including Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss to be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(c), shall be allocated to the Class D Units to the same extent as such items would be so allocated if such Class D Units were Common Units that were then Outstanding.

(f)    Distributions.

(i)    Prior to the Class D Conversion Date, the Class D Units shall not be entitled to receive distributions of Available Cash pursuant to Section 6.3(a). Class D Units shall receive distributions of paid-in-kind additional Class D Units (such distribution, a “Class D Unit Distribution”) for each distribution period that distributions are made with respect to Common Units, including distributions for Common Unit Arrearages.

(ii)    The number of Class D Units to be issued with respect to each Class D Unit in connection with a Class D Unit Distribution shall be the quotient of (A) the amount of the distribution declared for a Common Unit for the applicable distribution period divided by (B) the VWAP Price calculated as of the date such quarterly distribution on all Units is declared; provided thatinstead of issuing any fractional Class D Units to a holder of Class D Units, the Partnership shall round the aggregate number of Class D Units issued to such holder down to the next lower whole Class D Unit and pay cash in lieu of such fractional units, or at the Partnership’s option, the Partnership may round the number of Class D Units issued up to the next higher whole Class D Unit. Any Class D Units issued pursuant to this Section 5.13(f) shall have all rights of a Class D Unit, including rights to distributions in any period subsequent to such Class D Unit issuance.

(iii)    Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5.13(f) to the contrary, with respect to Class D Units that are converted into Common Units, the holder thereof shall not be entitled to a Class D Unit Distribution and a Common Unit distribution with respect to the same distribution period, but shall be entitled only to the distribution to be paid based upon the class of Units held as of the close of business on the applicable Record Date.

(iv)    For each Class D Unit Distribution, the Partnership shall issue the Class D Units to such holder no later than the date the corresponding distributions are made on the Common Units for such distribution period. The Partnership shall issue to such holder of Class D Units by notation in book entry form in the books of the Transfer Agent, or at the election of such holder, a physical certificate.

(v)    Subject to and without limiting the other provisions of this Section 5.13, and subject to Section 12.4(c), each Class D Unit shall have the right to share in distributions of cash, securities or other property and in the form of such cash, securities or other property (other than distributions pursuant to Section 6.3(a)) on a Pro Ratabasis with the Common Units as if the Class D Units had converted to Common Units.

(g)    Voting Rights. The Class D Units will have such voting rights pursuant to the Agreement as such Class D Units would have if they were Common Units that were then Outstanding and shall vote together with the Common Units as a single class, except that the Class D Units shall be entitled to vote as a separate class on any matter on which Unitholders are entitled to vote that adversely affects the rights or preferences of the Class D Units in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests in any material respect or as required by law. The approval of a majority of the Class D Units shall be required to approve any matter for which the holders of the Class D Units are entitled to vote as a separate class.

(h)    Merger and other Extraordinary Transactions. Subject to Section 12.4(c), if (1) there shall be (a) a statutory unit exchange, consolidation, merger or combination involving the Partnership, other than a merger in which the Partnership is the continuing partnership and which does not result in any change (other than as a result of a subdivision or combination pursuant Section 6.3(e)) in Outstanding Common Units; or (b) a sale or conveyance as an entirety or substantially as an entirety of the property and assets of the Partnership, directly or indirectly, to another Person; and (2) pursuant to such statutory unit exchange, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, Outstanding Common Units are converted or exchanged into or for stock (other than Common Units), other securities, other property, assets or cash, then each Class D Unit (including the Class D Units issued as a distribution) shall, as a condition precedent to such statutory unit exchange, consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, be converted into a Common Unit

on a one-for-one basis; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, no Unitholder shall receive consideration which is greater in amount than the balance of such Unitholder’s Capital Account after taking into account all adjustments, including allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction through the date of such merger or other extraordinary transaction.”

4.Article V is hereby amended to add a new Section 5.14 as follows:

“Section 5.14    Transfers of Class D Units. The transfer of a Class D Unit shall be subject to Section 4.8, Section 6.1(d)(x)(B) and Section 6.11.”

5.Section 6.1(d) is hereby amended to amend and restate Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) and to add new Sections 6.1(d)(iii)(C) and (D) as follows:

“(A)    If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 5.13 or Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit (other than a Class D Unit) exceeds the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the excess, an “Excess Distribution” and the Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an “Excess Distribution Unit”), then (1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (y) a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partner’s Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in clause (1) above with respect to such Excess Distribution.

(C)    With respect to the first taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, the date of issuance of the Class D Units, and each taxable period of the Partnership thereafter, items of gross income, gain, loss or deduction for such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners in such a manner as to cause the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Partner with respect to its Class D Units outstanding as of the time of such event to equal, as closely as possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount for a then outstanding Common Unit.

(D)    With respect to any taxable period of the Partnership ending upon, or after, a Class D Conversion Date, and after the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), (B) and (C), Net Income or Net Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners in such a manner as to cause the Per Unit Capital Amount of each Partner with respect to a Common Unit converted from a Class D Unit that is outstanding as of the time of such event to equal, as closely as possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount for a then outstanding Common Unit.”

6.Section 6.1(d) is hereby amended to add the reference “(A)” following the heading “Economic Uniformity” appearing therein and to add a new Section 6.1(d)(x)(B) as follows:

“(B)    For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(B) only if such conventions,

allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.”

7.Article VI is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.3(e) as follows:

“(e)    For the avoidance of doubt, upon any pro rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all Record Holders of Common Units or any subdivision or combination (or reclassified into a greater or smaller number) of Common Units, the Partnership will proportionately adjust the number of Class D Units as follows: (a) if the Partnership issues Partnership Interests as a distribution on its Common Units or subdivides the Common Units (or reclassifies them into a greater number of Common Units) then the Class D Units shall be subdivided into a number of Class D Units equal to the result of multiplying the number of Class D Units by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution or subdivision plus the total number of Partnership Interests constituting such distribution or newly created by such subdivision; and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such distribution or subdivision; and (b) if the Partnership combines the Common Units (or reclassifies them into a smaller number of Common Units) then the Class D Units shall be combined into a number of Class D Units equal to the result of multiplying the number of Class D Units by a fraction, (A) the numerator of which shall be the sum of the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately following such combination; and (B) the denominator of which shall be the number of Common Units Outstanding immediately prior to such combination.”

8.Article VI is hereby amended to add new Sections 6.4 (i) and (j) as follows:

“(i) Reduction in Certain Distributions with respect to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and without limiting the other reductions described in this Section 6.4, the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 shall be reduced by:

(i) an amount equal to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference with respect to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter; or

(ii) in lieu of the reduction described in clause (i) of this Section 6.4(i), (A) upon the election of the holder of Incentive Distribution Rights in its sole discretion pursuant to written notice delivered to the Partnership prior to the Record Date with respect to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter or (B) if the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 with respect to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Quarter is less than the sum of (x) the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount Difference and (y) the Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference, an amount equal to the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount with respect to each Quarter within the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period.

(j) Reduction in Certain Distributions with respect to the Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement and without limiting the other reductions described in this Section 6.4, the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 shall be reduced by:

(i) an amount equal to the Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference with respect to the Suncor Adjustment Reduction Quarter; or

(ii) in lieu of the reduction described in clause (i) of this Section 6.4(j), (A) upon the election of the holder of Incentive Distribution Rights in its sole discretion pursuant to written notice delivered to the Partnership prior to the Record Date with respect to the Suncor Adjustment Reduction Quarter or (B) if the amount of Available Cash otherwise distributable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to Section 6.4 with respect to the Suncor Adjustment Reduction Quarter is less than the sum of (x) the WECU Final Consideration Adjustment Amount

Difference and (y) the Suncor Adjustment Amount Difference, an amount equal to the Suncor Adjustment Quarterly Reduction Amount with respect to each Quarter within the Suncor Adjustment Reduction Extended Waiver Period.”    

9.Article VI is hereby amended to add a new Section 6.11 as follows:

Section 6.11 Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Class D Units.

(a)     Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the holder of a Class D Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of any Class D Unit into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.13(d), the Unitholder holding a Class D Unit that is to be converted shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Class D shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C) and Section 6.11(c).

(b)    Subject to the transfer restrictions in Section 4.8, a Unitholder holding a Class D Unit shall be required to provide notice to the General Partner of the transfer of the Class D Unit at any time during the earlier of (i) thirty (30) days following such transfer and (ii) the last Business Day of the calendar year during which such transfer occurred, unless the transfer is to an Affiliate of the holder.

(c)    A Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted from the conversion of a Class D Unit pursuant to Section 5.13(d) shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, if the Common Units are evidenced by Certificates, and shall not be permitted to transfer such Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.11(c), the General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a transfer of such Common Units including the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(C) and Section 6.1(d)(iii)(D); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.

B.    Agreement in Effect. Except as hereby amended, the Partnership Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

C.    Applicable Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws.

D. Severability. Each provision of this Amendment shall be considered severable and if for any reason any provision or provisions herein are determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law, such invalidity, unenforceability or illegality shall not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Amendment that are valid, enforceable and legal.

[Signatures on following page]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amendment has been executed as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:

Williams Partners GP LLC

By: /s/ Donald R. Chappel

Name: Donald R. Chappel

Title: Chief Financial Officer

EX-12

Exhibit 12

Williams Partners L.P.

Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

	Three months ended
	March 31, 2014
	(Millions)
Earnings:
Income before income taxes	$	360
Less: Equity earnings	(23		)
Income before income taxes and equity earnings	337
Add:
Fixed charges:
Interest incurred	131
Rental expense representative of interest factor	2
Total fixed charges	133
Distributed income of equity-method investees	43
Less:
Interest capitalized	(25		)
Total earnings as adjusted	$	488
Fixed charges	$	133
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges	3.67

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Alan S. Armstrong, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Williams Partners L.P.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Alan S. Armstrong

Alan S. Armstrong

Chief Executive Officer of Williams Partners GP

LLC, general partner of Williams Partners L.P.

(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Donald R. Chappel, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Williams Partners L.P.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: May 1, 2014

/s/ Donald R. Chappel

Donald R. Chappel

Chief Financial Officer of Williams Partners

GP LLC, general partner of Williams Partners L.P.

(Principal Financial Officer)

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the Quarterly Report of Williams Partners L.P. (the “Partnership”) on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2014, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned hereby certifies, in his capacity as an officer of Williams Partners GP LLC (the “Company”), the general partner of the Partnership, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Partnership.

/s/ Alan S. Armstrong

Alan S. Armstrong

President and Chief Executive Officer

 May 1, 2014

/s/ Donald R. Chappel

Donald R. Chappel

Chief Financial Officer

 May 1, 2014

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to, and will be retained by, the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

The foregoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to the Report and shall not be considered filed as part of the Report.

XML

Contingent Liabilities (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 11, 2013
Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Accrued environmental loss liabilities	$ 20,000,000
Customer Refund Liability, Current	118,000,000
Notice of Penalty		99,000
Environmental Protection Agency [Member]
Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Accrued environmental loss liabilities	13,000,000
Natural gas underground storage facilities [Member]
Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Accrued environmental loss liabilities	$ 7,000,000

XML

Variable Interest Entities (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																				3 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		3 Months Ended		3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014 Constitution Pipeline Company LLC [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Blue Racer Midstream Llc [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Cash and Cash Equivalents [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Accounts Receivable [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Accounts Receivable [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Property Plant And Equipment [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Property Plant And Equipment [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Accounts payable - trade [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Accounts payable - trade [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Other accrued liabilities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Other accrued liabilities [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Other Current Liabilities [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Other Current Liabilities [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Asset Retirement Obligation Costs [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Asset Retirement Obligation Costs [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Regulatory liabilities, deferred income and other [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Regulatory liabilities, deferred income and other [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Gulfstar One [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Gulfstar One [Member] Estimated Remaining Construction Costs For Variable Interest Entity [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Gunflint [Member] Estimated Remaining Construction Costs For Variable Interest Entity [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Constitution Pipeline Company LLC [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Primary Beneficiary [Member] Constitution Pipeline Company LLC [Member] Estimated Remaining Construction Costs For Variable Interest Entity [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Not Primary Beneficiary [Member] Laurel Mountain [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Not Primary Beneficiary [Member] Laurel Mountain [Member] Equity Method Investments [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Not Primary Beneficiary [Member] Caiman Energy II LLC [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Variable Interest Entity, Not Primary Beneficiary [Member] Caiman Energy II LLC [Member] Equity Method Investments [Member]
Variable Interest Entity [Line Items]
Variable Interest Entity Ownership Percentage			41.00%																		51.00%			41.00%		51.00%		58.00%
Other commitment																						$ 250	$ 134		$ 600
Equity Method Investment Ownership Percentage Of An Investee By Our Subsidiary				50.00%
Variable Interest Entity, Consolidated, Carrying Amount, Assets and Liabilities, Net [Abstract]
Variable Interest Entity, Consolidated, Carrying Amount, Assets					36	76	10	0	1,209	998
Variable Interest Entity, Consolidated, Carrying Amount, Liabilities											(153)	(120)	(4)	(3)	0	(10)	(30)	0	(130)	(115)
Variable Interest Entity, Nonconsolidated, Comparison of Carrying Amount of Assets and Liabilities to Maximum Loss Exposure [Abstract]
Payments to Acquire Equity Method Investments	215	93																										119
Variable Interest Entity, Nonconsolidated, Carrying Amount, Assets and Liabilities, Net																											482		415
Variable Interest Entity, Reporting Entity Involvement, Maximum Loss Exposure, Amount																										$ 482		$ 500

XML

Allocation of Net Income and Distributions

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Allocation of Net Income and Distributions

Note 3 – Allocation of Net Income and Distributions

The allocation of net income between our general partner and limited partners is as follows:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Allocation of net income to general partner:
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income applicable to pre-partnership operations allocated to general partner	(15		)	(23		)
Income subject to 2% allocation of general partner interest	337			321
General partner’s share of net income	2		%	2		%
General partner’s allocated share of net income before items directly allocable to general partner interest	7			6
Priority allocations, including incentive distributions, paid to general partner (1)	153			104
Pre-partnership net income allocated to general partner interest	15			23
Net income allocated to general partner	$	175		$	133
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income allocated to general partner	175			133
Net income allocated to Class D limited partners (2)	4			—
Net income allocated to common limited partners	$	173		$	211

(1) The net income allocated to the general partner’s capital account reflects IDRs paid during the current reporting period. In the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common unit, the net income allocated to the general partner includes IDRs pertaining to the current reporting period but paid in the subsequent period.

(2) The net income allocated to Class D limited partners includes the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature associated with these units.

We paid or have authorized payment of the following partnership cash distributions during 2013 and 2014 (in millions, except for per unit amounts):

					General Partner
Payment Date	Per Unit Distribution		Common Units		2%		Incentive Distribution Rights		Total Cash Distribution
2/8/2013	$	0.8275	$	329	$	9	$	104	$	442
5/10/2013	0.8475		351		10		112		473
8/09/2013	0.8625		357		11		121		489
11/12/2013	0.8775		385		11		46		442
2/13/2014	0.8925		392		11		153		556
5/9/2014 (1)	0.9045		396		12		158		566

(1) The Board of Directors of our general partner declared this $0.9045 per common unit cash distribution on April 21, 2014, to be paid on May 9, 2014, to unitholders of record at the close of business on May 2, 2014.

The 2013 and 2014 cash distributions paid to our general partner in the table above have been reduced by $139 million resulting from the temporary waiver of IDRs associated with certain assets acquired in 2012 and an additional $90 million in IDRs waived by our general partner related to the third quarter 2013 distribution, to support our cash distribution metrics as our large platform of growth projects moves toward completion.

Class D Units

As previously mentioned (see Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation), a portion of the total consideration for the Canada Acquisition was funded through the issuance of Class D units to an affiliate of our general partner, which are convertible to common units on a one-for-one basis beginning in the first quarter of 2016. The Class D units were issued at a discount to the market price of our common units, into which they are convertible. The discount represents a beneficial conversion feature and is reflected as an increase in the common unit capital account and a decrease in the Class D capital account on the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. This discount is being amortized through the conversion date in the first quarter of 2016, resulting in an increase to the Class D capital account and a decrease to the common unit capital account.

Distributions

The Class D units are not entitled to cash distributions. Instead, prior to conversion into common units, the Class D units receive quarterly distributions of additional paid-in-kind Class D units no later than the applicable distribution date. With respect to the Class D units, the number of Class D units to be issued in connection with a Class D unit distribution is the quotient of the amount of the per-unit distribution declared for a common unit for the applicable distribution period multiplied by the number of Class D units outstanding as of the record date, divided by the volume-weighted average price of a common unit calculated over the consecutive 30-day trading period prior to the declaration of the quarterly distribution to common units. On April 21, 2014, the Board of Directors of our general partner authorized the issuance of 456,916 Class D units as the Class D distribution, to be issued on May 9, 2014.

Earnings per unit

Basic and diluted earnings per limited partner unit are calculated using the two-class method. At March 31, 2014, Class D units are anti-dilutive and therefore not included in calculating diluted earnings per common unit.

XML

Inventories (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Inventory Net [Abstract]
Natural gas liquids, olefins, and natural gas in underground storage	$ 141	$ 111
Materials, supplies, and other	81	83
Total Inventories	$ 222	$ 194

XML

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Current:
State	$ 0	$ 3
Foreign	0	2
Total	0	5
Deferred:
State	1	0
Foreign	7	10
Total	8	10
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)	$ 8	$ 15

XML

Long-term Debt Issuances and Retirements (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014
4.3% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2024 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt face amount	$ 1,000
Long-term debt interest rate	4.30%
5.4% Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2044 [Member]
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Long-term debt face amount	$ 500
Long-term debt interest rate	5.40%

XML

Credit Facilities and Commercial Paper (Details 2) (USD $)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Credit Facility and Commercial Paper [Line Items]
Commercial paper, outstanding	$ 0	$ 225,000,000
$2.5 Billion Unsecured Credit Facility [Member]
Credit Facility and Commercial Paper [Line Items]
Credit facility, capacity	2,500,000,000
Credit facility, loans outstanding	0
$2.5 Billion Unsecured Credit Facility Letter of Credit [Member]
Credit Facility and Commercial Paper [Line Items]
Credit facility, capacity	1,300,000,000
Credit facility, letters of credit outstanding	0
$2.5 Billion Unsecured Credit Facility Letter of Credit Under Bilateral Bank Agreements [Member]
Credit Facility and Commercial Paper [Line Items]
Credit facility, letters of credit outstanding	$ 9,000,000

XML

Variable Interest Entities

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Variable Interest Entity Disclosures [Abstract]

Variable Interest Entity Disclosures [Textblock]

Note 2 – Variable Interest Entities

Consolidated VIEs

As of March 31, 2014, we consolidate the following variable interest entities (VIEs):

Gulfstar One

We own a 51 percent interest in Gulfstar One LLC (Gulfstar One), a subsidiary that, due to certain risk-sharing provisions in its customer contracts, is a VIE. We are the primary beneficiary because we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact Gulfstar One’s economic performance. We, as construction agent for Gulfstar One, designed, constructed, and are installing a proprietary floating-production system, Gulfstar FPS™, and associated pipelines which will initially provide production handling and gathering services for the Tubular Bells oil and gas discovery in the eastern deepwater Gulf of Mexico. The project is expected to be in service in the third quarter of 2014. We have received certain advance payments from the producer customers and are committed to the producer customers to construct this system. The current estimate of the total remaining construction costs is less than $250 million, which we expect will be funded by us and our partner. The producer customers will be responsible for the firm price of building the facilities if they do not develop the offshore oil and gas fields to be connected to Gulfstar One.

In December 2013, we committed an additional amount to Gulfstar One to fund an expansion of the system that will provide production handling, gathering, and processing services for the Gunflint oil and gas discovery in the eastern deepwater Gulf of Mexico. The expansion project is expected to be in service in the first quarter of 2016. The current estimate of the total remaining construction costs for the Gunflint project is less than $134 million. The other equity partner has an option to participate in the funding of the expansion project on a proportional basis.

Constitution

We own a 41 percent interest in Constitution, a subsidiary that, due to shipper fixed-payment commitments under its firm transportation contracts, is a VIE. We are the primary beneficiary because we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact Constitution’s economic performance. We, as construction agent for Constitution, are building a pipeline connecting our gathering system in Susquehanna County, Pennsylvania, to the Iroquois Gas Transmission and the Tennessee Gas Pipeline systems. We plan to place the project in service in late 2015 to 2016 and estimate the total remaining construction costs of the project to be less than $600 million,which will be funded with capital contributions from us and the other equity partners, proportional to ownership interest.

The following table presents amounts included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are for the use or obligation of these VIEs, which are joint projects in the development and construction phase:

	March 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Classification
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	36		$	76		Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable	10			—			Trade accounts and notes receivable, net
Property, plant, and equipment	1,209			998			Property, plant, and equipment, at cost
Accounts payable	(153		)	(120		)	Accounts payable - trade
Construction retainage	(4		)	(3		)	Other accrued liabilities
Current deferred revenue	—			(10		)	Other accrued liabilities
Asset retirement obligation	(30		)	—			Asset retirement obligations, noncurrent
Noncurrent deferred revenue associated with customer advance payments	(130		)	(115		)	Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other

Nonconsolidated VIEs

We have also identified certain interests in VIEs for which we are not the primary beneficiary. These include:

Laurel Mountain

Our 51 percent-owned equity-method investment in Laurel Mountain is considered to be a VIE generally due to contractual provisions that transfer certain risks to customers. As decisions about the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of this entity require a unanimous vote of all members, we are not the primary beneficiary. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the carrying value of this investment, which was $482 million at March 31, 2014.

Caiman II

In the first quarter of 2014, we contributed $119 million to Caiman Energy II, LLC (Caiman II) in exchange for an increased ownership of Caiman II. Following these contributions, we own a 58 percent interest in Caiman II, which is reported as an equity-method investment. Caiman II is considered to be a VIE because it has insufficient equity to finance the construction stage activities of its 50 percent interest in Blue Racer Midstream LLC, which is expanding the gathering and processing and associated liquids infrastructure serving oil and gas producers in the Utica shale primarily in Ohio and northwest Pennsylvania. We are not the primary beneficiary because we do not have the power to direct the activities of Caiman II that most significantly impact its economic performance. Our maximum exposure to loss is limited to the $500 million of total contributions that we have committed to make inclusive of contributions made to date. At March 31, 2014, the carrying value of our investment in Caiman II was $415 million, which substantially reflects our contributions to that date.

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Details) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Mar. 31, 2014 Carrying Amount [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Carrying Amount [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Level 1 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 1 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Level 2 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 2 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Level 3 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Level 3 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Carrying Amount [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Carrying Amount [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Carrying Amount [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Carrying Amount [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Fair Value [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 1 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 1 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 1 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 1 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 2 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 2 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 2 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 2 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 3 [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 3 [Member]	Mar. 31, 2014 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 3 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]	Dec. 31, 2013 Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring [Member] Level 3 [Member] Not Designated as Hedging Instrument [Member]
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments													$ 45	$ 33			$ 45	$ 33			$ 45	$ 33			$ 0	$ 0			$ 0	$ 0
Energy derivative assets															3	3			3	3			0	0			0	0			3	3
Energy derivative liabilities															(2)	(3)			(2)	(3)			0	0			0	(1)			(2)	(2)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other			8	7	8	7	2	1	6	6	0	0
Long-term debt, including current portion			(10,553)	(9,057)	(11,306)	(9,581)	0	0	(11,306)	(9,581)	0	0
Fair Value, Assets, Level 1 to Level 2 Transfers, Amount	0	0
Fair Value, Assets, Level 2 to Level 1 Transfers, Amount	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data in Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
Revenues:
Service revenues	$ 763	$ 702
Product sales	930	1,104
Total revenues	1,693	1,806
Costs and expenses:
Product costs	769	790
Operating and maintenance expenses	248	257
Depreciation and amortization expenses	208	196
Selling, general, and administrative expenses	130	130
Net insurance recoveries - Geismar Incident	(119)	0
Other (income) expense - net	17	1
Total costs and expenses	1,253	1,374
Operating income	440	432
Equity earnings (losses)	23	18
Interest incurred	(131)	(118)
Interest capitalized	25	22
Other investing income (loss) - net	0	(1)
Other income (expense) - net	3	6
Income before Income Taxes	360	359
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	8	15
Net income	352	344
Allocation of net income for calculation of earnings per common unit:
Net income	352	344
Allocation of net income to general partner	180	142
Allocation of net income to Class D units	14	0
Allocation of net income to common units	158	202
Basic net income per common unit	$ 0.36	$ 0.50
Diluted net income per common unit	$ 0.36	$ 0.50
Basic weighted average number of common units outstanding (thousands)	438,626	401,969
Diluted weighted average number of common units outstanding (thousands)	438,626	401,969
Cash distributions per common unit	$ 0.9045	$ 0.8475
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(39)	(19)
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(39)	(19)
Comprehensive income	$ 313	$ 325

XML

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$ 352	$ 344
Adjustments to reconcile to net cash provided by operations:
Depreciation and amortization	208	196
Cash provided (used) by changes in current assets and liabilities:
Accounts and notes receivable	(3)	(36)
Inventories	(27)	(15)
Other current assets and deferred charges	19	13
Accounts payable	(9)	8
Accrued liabilities	18	18
Affiliate accounts receivable and payable - net	(27)	(24)
Other, including changes in noncurrent assets and liabilities	18	51
Net cash provided by operating activities	549	555
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from (payments of) commercial paper - net	(225)	0
Proceeds from long-term debt	1,496	770
Payments of long-term debt	0	(895)
Proceeds from sales of common units	0	760
General partner contributions	3	20
Distributions to limited partners and general partner	(556)	(442)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests	57	0
Contributions from The Williams Companies, Inc. - Net	50	105
Other - net	1	7
Net cash provided by financing activities	826	325
Property, plant and equipment:
Capital expenditures	(724)	(704)
Net proceeds from dispositions	5	3
Purchase of businesses from affiliates	(25)	25
Purchases of and contributions to equity-method investments	(215)	(93)
Other - net	9	1
Net cash used by investing activities	(950)	(768)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	425	112
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	110	82
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 535	$ 194

XML

Fair Value Measurements (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis [Table Text Block]

							Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying  Amount			Fair Value			Quoted Prices In Active  Markets for  Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities) at March 31, 2014:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	45		$	45		$	45	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(2		)	(2		)	—		—			(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	8			8			2		6			—
Long-term debt, including current portion	(10,553		)	(11,306		)	—		(11,306		)	—
Assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2013:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	33		$	33		$	33	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(3		)	(3		)	—		(1		)	(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	7			7			1		6			—
Long-term debt	(9,057		)	(9,581		)	—		(9,581		)	—

XML

General and Basis of Presentation (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Subsidiary of Limited Liability Company or Limited Partnership [Line Items]
Parent, general partner ownership percentage	2.00%	2.00%
Ownership percentage of an asset	50.00%
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price [Abstract]
Reduction in incentive distribution rights payment	$ 139		$ 90
Canada Acquisition [Member]
Business Acquisition, Cost of Acquired Entity, Purchase Price [Abstract]
Payments to Acquire Businesses, Gross	25
Partners' Capital Account, Units, Acquisitions	25,577,521
Future Sales Of Class D Units	200
Combination Of Entities Under Common Control Effect On Net Income	$ 23
Williams
Subsidiary of Limited Liability Company or Limited Partnership [Line Items]
Parent, limited partner ownership percentage	64.00%
Parent, general partner ownership percentage	2.00%
Constitution Pipeline Company LLC
Subsidiary of Limited Liability Company or Limited Partnership [Line Items]
Variable Interest Entity Ownership Percentage	41.00%
Geismar
Subsidiary of Limited Liability Company or Limited Partnership [Line Items]
Subsidiary, ownership percentage	83.30%
Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C.
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	50.00%
Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	51.00%
Caiman Energy II, LLC
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	58.00%
Discovery Producer Services LLC
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	60.00%
Overland Pass Pipeline Company LLC
Schedule of Equity Method Investments [Line Items]
Equity Method Investment, Ownership Percentage	50.00%

XML

General and Basis of Presentation

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Organization, Consolidation and Presentation of Financial Statements [Abstract]

General and Basis of Presentation

Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation

General

Our accompanying interim consolidated financial statements do not include all the notes in our annual financial statements and, therefore, should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2013, in our Annual Report on Form 10-K. The accompanying unaudited financial statements include all normal recurring adjustments and others that, in the opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly our interim financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, references in this report to “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar language refer to Williams Partners L.P. and its subsidiaries.

We are a publicly traded Delaware limited partnership. Williams Partners GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company wholly owned by The Williams Companies, Inc. (Williams), serves as our general partner. As of March 31, 2014, Williams owns an approximate 64 percent limited partner interest, a 2 percent general partner interest and incentive distribution rights (IDRs) in us. All of our activities are conducted through Williams Partners Operating LLC, an operating limited liability company (wholly owned by us).

Description of Business

Our operations are located in North America and are organized into the following reportable segments: Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services.

Northeast G&P is comprised of our midstream gathering and processing businesses in the Marcellus and Utica shale regions, as well as a 51 percent equity investment in Laurel Mountain Midstream, LLC (Laurel Mountain) and a 58 percent equity investment in Caiman Energy II, LLC (Caiman II).

Atlantic-Gulf is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Transcontinental Gas Pipe Line Company, LLC (Transco), and significant natural gas gathering and processing and crude production handling and transportation in the Gulf Coast region, as well as a 50 percent equity investment in Gulfstream Natural Gas System, L.L.C. (Gulfstream), a 41 percent interest in Constitution Pipeline Company, LLC (Constitution) (a consolidated entity), and a 60 percent equity investment in Discovery Producer Services LLC (Discovery).

West is comprised of our interstate natural gas pipeline, Northwest Pipeline LLC (Northwest Pipeline), and our gathering, processing and treating operations in New Mexico, Colorado, and Wyoming.

NGL & Petchem Services is comprised of our 83.3 percent undivided interest in an olefins production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, along with a refinery grade propylene splitter and pipelines in the Gulf Coast region, an oil sands offgas processing plant located near Fort McMurray, Alberta, and an NGL/olefin fractionation facility and butylene/butane splitter facility at Redwater, Alberta. This segment also includes our natural gas liquid (NGL) and natural gas marketing business, storage facilities and an undivided 50 percent interest in an NGL fractionator near Conway, Kansas, and a 50 percent equity investment in Overland Pass Pipeline, LLC (OPPL).

Basis of Presentation

In February 2014, we acquired certain Canadian operations from Williams (Canada Acquisition) for total consideration of $25 million of cash (subject to certain closing adjustments), 25,577,521 Class D limited-partner units, and an increase in the capital account of our general partner to allow it to maintain its 2 percent general partner interest. In lieu of cash distributions, the Class D units will receive quarterly distributions of additional paid-in-kind Class D units, all of which will be convertible to common units beginning in the first quarter of 2016. The contribution agreement governing the Canada Acquisition provides that we can issue additional Class D units to Williams on a quarterly basis through 2015 for up to a total of $200 million in cash for the purpose of funding certain facility expansions. This common control acquisition was treated similar to a pooling of interests whereby the historical results of operations were combined with ours for all periods presented. These Canadian operations are reported in our NGL & Petchem Services segment.

The Canadian operations previously participated in Williams’ cash management program under a credit agreement with Williams. Net changes in amounts due to/from Williams prior to the Canada Acquisition, along with the cash consideration paid for the Canada Acquisition, are reflected within Contributions from The Williams Companies, Inc. - net within the Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity. 

Prior period amounts and disclosures have been recast for this transaction.  The effect of recasting our financial statements to account for this transaction increased net income $23 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013.  This acquisition does not impact historical earnings per unit as pre-acquisition earnings were allocated to our general partner.

Certain of our foreign subsidiaries use the Canadian dollar as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of such foreign subsidiaries are translated at the spot rate in effect at the applicable reporting date, and the combined statements of income are translated into the U.S. dollar at the average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. The resulting cumulative translation adjustment is recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI).

Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. Subsequent changes in exchange rates when the transactions are settled result in transaction gains and losses which are reflected in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

AOCIis substantially comprised of foreign currency translation adjustments. These adjustments did not impact Net income in any of the periods presented.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 535	$ 110
Trade accounts and notes receivable, net	570	568
Inventories	222	194
Other current assets	85	96
Total current assets	1,412	968
Investments	2,381	2,187
Property, plant, and equipment, at cost	25,789	25,062
Accumulated depreciation	(7,592)	(7,437)
Property, plant, and equipment - net	18,197	17,625
Goodwill	646	646
Other intangible assets	1,630	1,642
Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other	525	503
Total assets	24,791	23,571
Accounts payable:
Trade	1,062	889
Affiliate	77	104
Accrued interest	132	115
Asset retirement obligations	63	64
Other accrued liabilities	252	375
Long-term debt due within one year	750	0
Commercial Paper	0	225
Total current liabilities	2,336	1,772
Long-term debt	9,803	9,057
Asset retirement obligations	532	497
Deferred income taxes	120	117
Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other	591	561
Contingent liabilities (Note 9)
Partners' equity
Common units (438,625,699 units outstanding at March 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013)	11,494	11,596
Class D units (25,577,521 units outstanding at March 31, 2014)	879	0
General partner	(1,494)	(541)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	58	97
Total partners' equity	10,937	11,152
Noncontrolling interests in consolidated subsidiaries	472	415
Total equity	11,409	11,567
Total liabilities and equity	$ 24,791	$ 23,571

XML

Subsequent Events

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Subsequent Events [Abstract]

Subsequent Events [Text Block]

Note 11 – Subsequent Event

On April 23, 2014, an explosion and fire occurred at our natural gas processing facility near Opal, Wyoming. There were no reported injuries or damage to property outside the facility. The facility was immediately shut down and natural gas gathering from surrounding producing areas was temporarily suspended as a result of the incident.

The facility is primarily comprised of five turbo-expander (TXP) cryogenic gas-processing units. Although we have not yet made a full assessment of all plant equipment, the initial visual assessment of damage indicates that the impact was largely limited to the TXP-3 unit. We are inspecting the damaged equipment in cooperation with regulatory authorities and developing preliminary plans to bring the other four units back into service. The capacity of the four undamaged plants is sufficient to handle all of the natural gas currently available to the facility.

We have insurance coverage, subject to retentions (deductibles), for property damage and business interruption that we expect to significantly mitigate the financial effects of the incident.

XML

Document and Entity Information	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014	Apr. 30, 2014
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	Williams Partners L.P.
Entity Central Index Key	0001324518
Document Type	10-Q
Document Period End Date	Mar. 31, 2014
Amendment Flag	false
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2014
Document Fiscal Period Focus	Q1
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		438,625,699
Common Class D [Member]
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		25,577,521

XML

Variable Interest Entities (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Variable Interest Entity Disclosures [Abstract]

Schedule of Variable Interest Entities [Table Text Block]

The following table presents amounts included in our Consolidated Balance Sheet that are for the use or obligation of these VIEs, which are joint projects in the development and construction phase:

	March 31, 2014			December 31, 2013			Classification
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities):
Cash and cash equivalents	$	36		$	76		Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable	10			—			Trade accounts and notes receivable, net
Property, plant, and equipment	1,209			998			Property, plant, and equipment, at cost
Accounts payable	(153		)	(120		)	Accounts payable - trade
Construction retainage	(4		)	(3		)	Other accrued liabilities
Current deferred revenue	—			(10		)	Other accrued liabilities
Asset retirement obligation	(30		)	—			Asset retirement obligations, noncurrent
Noncurrent deferred revenue associated with customer advance payments	(130		)	(115		)	Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited) (Parenthetical)	Mar. 31, 2014	Dec. 31, 2013
Equity:
Limited partners capital account units outstanding	438,625,699	438,625,699
Class D Partners Capital Account Units Outstanding	25,577,521	0

XML

Inventories

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

Note 6 – Inventories

	March 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
	(Millions)
Natural gas liquids, olefins, and natural gas in underground storage	$	141	$	111
Materials, supplies, and other	81		83
	$	222	$	194

XML

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Tax Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 5 – Provision for Income Taxes

The Provision for income taxes includes:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014		2013
	(Millions)
Current:
State	$	—	$	3
Foreign	—		2
	—		5
Deferred:
State	1		—
Foreign	7		10
	8		10
Total provision	$	8	$	15

The effective income tax rates for the total provision for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and 2013 are less than the federal statutory rate due to income not subject to U.S. federal tax, partially offset by taxes on foreign operations and the effect of Texas franchise tax.

We generally are not a taxable entity for income tax purposes, with the exception of Texas franchise tax and foreign income taxes associated with our Canadian operations. Other income taxes on net income are generally borne by individual partners. Net income for financial statement purposes may differ significantly from taxable income of unitholders as a result of differences between the tax basis and financial reporting basis of assets and liabilities and the taxable income allocation requirements under our partnership agreement. The aggregated difference in the basis of our net assets for financial and tax reporting purposes cannot be readily determined because information regarding each partner’s tax attributes in us is not available to us.

Deferred income taxes are computed using the liability method and are provided on all temporary differences between the financial basis and the tax basis of our assets and liabilities. Our management’s judgment and income tax assumptions are used to determine the levels, if any, of valuation allowances associated with deferred tax assets.

XML

Segment Disclosures (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)

The following table reflects the reconciliation of Segment revenues and Segment profit (loss) to Totalrevenues and Operating income as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

	Northeast G&P			Atlantic- Gulf		West		NGL & Petchem Services			Eliminations			Total
	(Millions)
Three months ended March 31, 2014
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	99		$	378	$	256	$	30		$	—		$	763
Internal	—			1		—		—			(1		)	—
Total service revenues	99			379		256		30			(1		)	763
Product sales
External	60			152		19		699			—			930
Internal	—			69		126		76			(271		)	—
Total product sales	60			221		145		775			(271		)	930
Total revenues	$	159		$	600	$	401	$	805		$	(272	)	$	1,693
Segment profit (loss)	$	6		$	165	$	165	$	167					$	503
Less equity earnings (losses)	1			15		—		7						23
Segment operating income (loss)	$	5		$	150	$	165	$	160					480
General corporate expenses														(40		)
Operating income														$	440
Three months ended March 31, 2013
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	63		$	354	$	258	$	27		$	—		$	702
Internal	—			4		—		—			(4		)	—
Total service revenues	63			358		258		27			(4		)	702
Product sales
External	20			205		26		853			—			1,104
Internal	—			26		173		78			(277		)	—
Total product sales	20			231		199		931			(277		)	1,104
Total revenues	$	83		$	589	$	457	$	958		$	(281	)	$	1,806
Segment profit (loss)	$	(9	)	$	159	$	186	$	158					$	494
Less:
Equity earnings (losses)	(3		)	16		—		5						18
Income (loss) from investments	—			—		—		(1		)				(1		)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	(6	)	$	143	$	186	$	154					477
General corporate expenses														(45		)
Operating income														$	432

Total assets and investments by reporting segment

The following table reflects Total assets by reportable segment.  

	Total Assets
	March 31,   2014			December 31,   2013
	(Millions)
Northeast G&P	$	6,658		$	6,229
Atlantic-Gulf	10,315			10,007
West	4,737			4,767
NGL & Petchem Services	3,207			3,035
Other corporate assets	613			147
Eliminations (1)	(739		)	(614		)
Total	$	24,791		$	23,571

(1) Eliminations primarily relate to the intercompany accounts receivable generated by our cash management program.

XML

Allocation of Net Income and Distributions (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Equity [Abstract]

Allocation of net income among our general partner, limited partners, and noncontrolling interests

The allocation of net income between our general partner and limited partners is as follows:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014			2013
	(Millions)
Allocation of net income to general partner:
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income applicable to pre-partnership operations allocated to general partner	(15		)	(23		)
Income subject to 2% allocation of general partner interest	337			321
General partner’s share of net income	2		%	2		%
General partner’s allocated share of net income before items directly allocable to general partner interest	7			6
Priority allocations, including incentive distributions, paid to general partner (1)	153			104
Pre-partnership net income allocated to general partner interest	15			23
Net income allocated to general partner	$	175		$	133
Net income	$	352		$	344
Net income allocated to general partner	175			133
Net income allocated to Class D limited partners (2)	4			—
Net income allocated to common limited partners	$	173		$	211

(1) The net income allocated to the general partner’s capital account reflects IDRs paid during the current reporting period. In the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common unit, the net income allocated to the general partner includes IDRs pertaining to the current reporting period but paid in the subsequent period.

(2) The net income allocated to Class D limited partners includes the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature associated with these units.

Authorized payment of cash distributions

We paid or have authorized payment of the following partnership cash distributions during 2013 and 2014 (in millions, except for per unit amounts):

					General Partner
Payment Date	Per Unit Distribution		Common Units		2%		Incentive Distribution Rights		Total Cash Distribution
2/8/2013	$	0.8275	$	329	$	9	$	104	$	442
5/10/2013	0.8475		351		10		112		473
8/09/2013	0.8625		357		11		121		489
11/12/2013	0.8775		385		11		46		442
2/13/2014	0.8925		392		11		153		556
5/9/2014 (1)	0.9045		396		12		158		566

(1) The Board of Directors of our general partner declared this $0.9045 per common unit cash distribution on April 21, 2014, to be paid on May 9, 2014, to unitholders of record at the close of business on May 2, 2014.

XML

Contingent Liabilities

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Contingent Liabilities

Note 9 – Contingent Liabilities

Environmental Matters

We are a participant in certain environmental activities in various stages including assessment studies, cleanup operations and remedial processes at certain sites, some of which we currently do not own. We are monitoring these sites in a coordinated effort with other potentially responsible parties, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and other governmental authorities. We are jointly and severally liable along with unrelated third parties in some of these activities and solely responsible in others. Certain of our subsidiaries have been identified as potentially responsible parties at various Superfund and state waste disposal sites. In addition, these subsidiaries have incurred, or are alleged to have incurred, various other hazardous materials removal or remediation obligations under environmental laws. As of March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities totaling $20 million for these matters, as discussed below. Our accrual reflects the most likely costs of cleanup, which are generally based on completed assessment studies, preliminary results of studies or our experience with other similar cleanup operations. Certain assessment studies are still in process for which the ultimate outcome may yield significantly different estimates of most likely costs. Any incremental amount in excess of amounts currently accrued cannot be reasonably estimated at this time due to uncertainty about the actual number of contaminated sites ultimately identified, the actual amount and extent of contamination discovered and the final cleanup standards mandated by the EPA and other governmental authorities.

The EPA and various state regulatory agencies routinely promulgate and propose new rules, and issue updated guidance to existing rules. More recent rules and rulemakings include, but are not limited to, rules for reciprocating internal combustion engine maximum achievable control technology, new air quality standards for ground level ozone, one hour nitrogen dioxide emission limits, and new air quality standards impacting storage vessels, pressure valves, and compressors. We are unable to estimate the costs of asset additions or modifications necessary to comply with these new regulations due to uncertainty created by the various legal challenges to these regulations and the need for further specific regulatory guidance.

Our interstate gas pipelines are involved in remediation activities related to certain facilities and locations for polychlorinated biphenyls, mercury, and other hazardous substances. These activities have involved the EPA and various state environmental authorities, resulting in our identification as a potentially responsible party at various Superfund waste sites. At March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities of $13 million for these costs. We expect that these costs will be recoverable through rates.

We also accrue environmental remediation costs for natural gas underground storage facilities, primarily related to soil and groundwater contamination. At March 31, 2014, we have accrued liabilities totaling $7 million for these costs.

Geismar Incident

As a result of the previously discussed Geismar Incident, there were two fatalities, and numerous individuals (including affiliate employees and contractors) reported injuries, which varied from minor to serious. We are cooperating with the Chemical Safety Board and the EPA regarding their investigations of the Geismar Incident. On October 21, 2013, the EPA issued an Inspection Report pursuant to the Clean Air Act’s Risk Management Program following its inspection of the facility on June 24 through 28, 2013. The report notes the EPA’s preliminary determinations about the facility’s documentation regarding process safety, process hazard analysis, as well as operating procedures, employee training, and other matters.  We and the EPA continue to discuss such preliminary determinations, and the EPA could issue penalties pertaining to final determinations.  On December 11, 2013, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) issued citations in connection with its investigation of the June 13, 2013 incident, which included a Notice of Penalty for $99,000. Although we and OSHA continue settlement negotiations, we are contesting the citations. On June 25, 2013, OSHA commenced a second inspection pursuant to its Refinery and Chemical National Emphasis Program (NEP). OSHA has not issued any citation to us in connection with this NEP inspection. There is a six month statute of limitations for violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 or regulations promulgated under such act. On June 28, 2013, the Louisiana Department of Environmental Quality (LDEQ) issued a Consolidated Compliance Order & Notice of Potential Penalty to Williams Olefins, L.L.C. that consolidates claims of unpermitted emissions and other deviations under the Clean Air Act that the parties had been negotiating since 2010 and alleged unpermitted emissions arising from the Geismar Incident. Negotiations with the LDEQ are ongoing. Any potential fines and penalties from these agencies would not be covered by our insurance policy. Additionally, multiple lawsuits, including class actions for alleged offsite impacts, property damage, and personal injury, have been filed against various of our subsidiaries.

Due to the ongoing investigation into the cause of the incident, and the limited information available associated with the filed lawsuits, which do not specify any amounts for claimed damages, we cannot reasonably estimate a range of potential loss related to these contingencies at this time.

Transco 2012 Rate Case

On August 31, 2012, Transco submitted to the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) a general rate filing principally designed to recover increased costs and to comply with the terms of the settlement in its prior rate proceedings. The new rates became effective March 1, 2013, subject to refund and the outcome of the hearing. On August 27, 2013, Transco filed a stipulation and agreement with the FERC proposing to resolve all issues in this proceeding without the need for a hearing (Agreement). On December 6, 2013, the FERC issued an order approving the Agreement without modifications. Pursuant to its terms, the Agreement became effective March 1, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, Accounts Payable Trade includes $118 million for rate refunds that were subsequently paid on April 18, 2014.

Other

In addition to the foregoing, various other proceedings are pending against us which are incidental to our operations.

Summary

We estimate that for all matters for which we are able to reasonably estimate a range of loss, including those noted above and others that are not individually significant, our aggregate reasonably possible losses beyond amounts accrued for all of our contingent liabilities are immaterial to our expected future annual results of operations, liquidity, and financial position. These calculations have been made without consideration of any potential recovery from third parties. We disclose all significant matters for which we are unable to reasonably estimate a range of possible loss.

XML

Debt and Banking Arrangements

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Debt Disclosure [Abstract]

Debt Disclosure [Text Block]

Note 7 – Debt and Banking Arrangements

Long-Term Debt

Issuances

On March 4, 2014, we completed a public offering of $1 billion of 4.3 percent senior unsecured notes due 2024 and $500 million of 5.4 percent senior unsecured notes due 2044. We used a portion of the net proceeds to repay amounts outstanding under our commercial paper program and expect to use the remainder to fund capital expenditures and for general partnership purposes.

Credit Facility

Letter of credit capacity under our $2.5 billion credit facility is $1.3 billion. At March 31, 2014, no letters of credit have been issued and no loans are outstanding under our credit facility. We issued letters of credit totaling $9 million as of March 31, 2014, under a certain bilateral bank agreement.

XML

Fair Value Measurements

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements and Guarantee

The following table presents, by level within the fair value hierarchy, certain of our financial assets and liabilities. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, commercial paper, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. Therefore, these assets and liabilities are not presented in the following table.

							Fair Value Measurements Using
	Carrying  Amount			Fair Value			Quoted Prices In Active  Markets for  Identical Assets (Level 1)		Significant  Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)			Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
	(Millions)
Assets (liabilities) at March 31, 2014:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	45		$	45		$	45	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(2		)	(2		)	—		—			(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	8			8			2		6			—
Long-term debt, including current portion	(10,553		)	(11,306		)	—		(11,306		)	—
Assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2013:
Measured on a recurring basis:
ARO Trust investments	$	33		$	33		$	33	$	—		$	—
Energy derivatives assets not designated as hedging instruments	3			3			—		—			3
Energy derivatives liabilities not designated as hedging instruments	(3		)	(3		)	—		(1		)	(2		)
Additional disclosures:
Notes receivable and other	7			7			1		6			—
Long-term debt	(9,057		)	(9,581		)	—		(9,581		)	—

Fair Value Methods

We use the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments:

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

ARO Trust investments: Transco deposits a portion of its collected rates, pursuant to its rate case settlement, into an external trust (ARO Trust) that is specifically designated to fund future asset retirement obligations. The ARO Trust invests in a portfolio of actively traded mutual funds that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis based on quoted prices in an active market, is classified as available-for-sale, and is reported in Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses are ultimately recorded as regulatory assets or liabilities.

Energy derivatives: Energy derivatives include commodity based exchange-traded contracts and over-the-counter (OTC) contracts, which consist of physical forwards, futures, and swaps that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value amounts are presented on a gross basis and do not reflect the netting of asset and liability positions permitted under the terms of our master netting arrangements. Further, the amounts do not include cash held on deposit in margin accounts that we have received or remitted to collateralize certain derivative positions. Energy derivatives assets are reported in Other current assets and Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Energy derivatives liabilities are reported in Other accrued liabilities and Regulatory liabilities, deferred income, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Reclassifications of fair value between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, if applicable, are made at the end of each quarter. No transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 occurred during the three months ended March 31, 2014 or 2013.

Additional fair value disclosures

Notes receivable and other: The disclosed fair value of our notes receivable is primarily determined by an income approach which considers the underlying contract amounts and our assessment of our ability to recover these amounts. The current portion is reported in Trade accounts and notes receivable, net and the noncurrent portion is reported in Regulatory assets, deferred charges, and other in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Long-term debt: The disclosed fair value of our long-term debt is determined by a market approach using broker quoted indicative period-end bond prices. The quoted prices are based on observable transactions in less active markets for our debt or similar instruments.

Guarantee

We are required by our revolving credit agreement to indemnify lenders for certain taxes required to be withheld from payments due to the lenders and for certain tax payments made by the lenders. The maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnifications is based on the related borrowings and such future payments cannot currently be determined. These indemnifications generally continue indefinitely unless limited by the underlying tax regulations and have no carrying value. We have never been called upon to perform under these indemnifications and have no current expectation of a future claim.

XML

Segment Disclosures

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Segment Reporting [Abstract]

Segment Disclosures

Note 10 – Segment Disclosures

Our reportable segments are Northeast G&P, Atlantic-Gulf, West, and NGL & Petchem Services. (See Note 1 – General and Basis of Presentation.)

Performance Measurement

We currently evaluate segment operating performance based on Segment profit (loss) from operations, which includes Segment revenues from external and internal customers, segment costs and expenses,Equity earnings (losses), and Income (loss) from investments. General corporate expenses represent Selling, general, and administrative expenses that are not allocated to our segments. Intersegment revenues primarily represent the sale of NGLs from our natural gas processing plants to our marketing business and are generally accounted for at current market prices as if the sales were to unaffiliated third parties.

The following table reflects the reconciliation of Segment revenues and Segment profit (loss) to Totalrevenues and Operating income as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

	Northeast G&P			Atlantic- Gulf		West		NGL & Petchem Services			Eliminations			Total
	(Millions)
Three months ended March 31, 2014
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	99		$	378	$	256	$	30		$	—		$	763
Internal	—			1		—		—			(1		)	—
Total service revenues	99			379		256		30			(1		)	763
Product sales
External	60			152		19		699			—			930
Internal	—			69		126		76			(271		)	—
Total product sales	60			221		145		775			(271		)	930
Total revenues	$	159		$	600	$	401	$	805		$	(272	)	$	1,693
Segment profit (loss)	$	6		$	165	$	165	$	167					$	503
Less equity earnings (losses)	1			15		—		7						23
Segment operating income (loss)	$	5		$	150	$	165	$	160					480
General corporate expenses														(40		)
Operating income														$	440
Three months ended March 31, 2013
Segment revenues:
Service revenues
External	$	63		$	354	$	258	$	27		$	—		$	702
Internal	—			4		—		—			(4		)	—
Total service revenues	63			358		258		27			(4		)	702
Product sales
External	20			205		26		853			—			1,104
Internal	—			26		173		78			(277		)	—
Total product sales	20			231		199		931			(277		)	1,104
Total revenues	$	83		$	589	$	457	$	958		$	(281	)	$	1,806
Segment profit (loss)	$	(9	)	$	159	$	186	$	158					$	494
Less:
Equity earnings (losses)	(3		)	16		—		5						18
Income (loss) from investments	—			—		—		(1		)				(1		)
Segment operating income (loss)	$	(6	)	$	143	$	186	$	154					477
General corporate expenses														(45		)
Operating income														$	432

The following table reflects Total assets by reportable segment.  

	Total Assets
	March 31,   2014			December 31,   2013
	(Millions)
Northeast G&P	$	6,658		$	6,229
Atlantic-Gulf	10,315			10,007
West	4,737			4,767
NGL & Petchem Services	3,207			3,035
Other corporate assets	613			147
Eliminations (1)	(739		)	(614		)
Total	$	24,791		$	23,571

(1) Eliminations primarily relate to the intercompany accounts receivable generated by our cash management program.

XML

Segment Disclosures (Details 1) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014		Mar. 31, 2013	Dec. 31, 2013
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	$ 1,693		$ 1,806
Segment profit (loss)	503		494
Less equity earnings (losses)	23		18
Income (loss) from investments			(1)
Operating income	440		432
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	24,791			23,571
Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	763		702
Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	930		1,104
Northeast G&P [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	6,658			6,229
Northeast G&P [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	99		63
Northeast G&P [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	60		20
Atlantic-Gulf [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	10,315			10,007
Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	378		354
Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	152		205
West [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	4,737			4,767
West [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	256		258
West [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	19		26
NGL & Petchem Services [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	3,207			3,035
NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	30		27
NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	699		853
Intersegment Eliminations [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(272)		(281)
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(1)		(4)
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(271)		(277)
Operating Segments [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Operating income	480		477
Operating Segments [Member] | Northeast G&P [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	159		83
Segment profit (loss)	6		(9)
Less equity earnings (losses)	1		(3)
Income (loss) from investments			0
Operating income	5		(6)
Operating Segments [Member] | Northeast G&P [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	99		63
Operating Segments [Member] | Northeast G&P [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	60		20
Operating Segments [Member] | Atlantic-Gulf [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	600		589
Segment profit (loss)	165		159
Less equity earnings (losses)	15		16
Income (loss) from investments			0
Operating income	150		143
Operating Segments [Member] | Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	379		358
Operating Segments [Member] | Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	221		231
Operating Segments [Member] | West [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	401		457
Segment profit (loss)	165		186
Less equity earnings (losses)	0		0
Income (loss) from investments			0
Operating income	165		186
Operating Segments [Member] | West [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	256		258
Operating Segments [Member] | West [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	145		199
Operating Segments [Member] | NGL & Petchem Services [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	805		958
Segment profit (loss)	167		158
Less equity earnings (losses)	7		5
Income (loss) from investments			(1)
Operating income	160		154
Operating Segments [Member] | NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	30		27
Operating Segments [Member] | NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	775		931
Intersegment Eliminations [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	(739)	[1]		(614)	[1]
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Northeast G&P [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	0		0
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Northeast G&P [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	0		0
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(1)		(4)
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | Atlantic-Gulf [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(69)		(26)
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | West [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	0		0
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | West [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(126)		(173)
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Service [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	0		0
Intersegment Eliminations [Member] | NGL & Petchem Services [Member] | Product [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Total revenues	(76)		(78)
Other corporate assets [Member]
Total assets and investments by reporting segment
Total assets	613			147
General Corporate Expenses [Member]
Reconciliation of segment revenues and segment profit (loss)
Operating income	$ (40)		$ (45)

[1] Eliminations primarily relate to the intercompany accounts receivable generated by our cash management program.

XML

Inventories (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Inventory Disclosure [Abstract]

Inventories

	March 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
	(Millions)
Natural gas liquids, olefins, and natural gas in underground storage	$	141	$	111
Materials, supplies, and other	81		83
	$	222	$	194

XML

Allocation of Net Income and Distributions (Details) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended							12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014		Dec. 31, 2013	Sep. 30, 2013	Jun. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2013		Dec. 31, 2013	Apr. 21, 2014 Subsequent Event [Member]
Allocation of net income to general partner:
Net income	$ 352					$ 344
Net income applicable to pre-partnership operations allocated to general partner	(15)					(23)
Income subject to 2% allocation of general partner interest	337					321
General partner's share of net income	2.00%					2.00%
General partner's allocated share of net income before items directly allocable to general partner interest	7					6
Priority allocations, including incentive distributions, paid to general partner	153	[1]				104	[1]
Pre-partnership net income allocated to general partner interest	15					23
Net income allocated to general partner	175					133
Net income	352					344
Net income allocated to general partner	175					133
Net income allocated to Class D limited partners	4	[2]				0	[2]
Net income allocated to common limited partners	173					211
Distributions Made to Members or Limited Partners [Abstract]
Payment Date	Feb. 13, 2014		Nov. 12, 2013	Aug. 09, 2013	May 10, 2013	Feb. 08, 2013			May 09, 2014	[3]
Per Unit Distribution (Paid)	$ 0.8925		$ 0.8775	$ 0.8625	$ 0.8475	$ 0.8275
Per Unit Distribution (Declared)	$ 0.9045					$ 0.8475			$ 0.9045	[3]
Common Units Cash Distribution	392		385	357	351	329			396	[3]
2% General Partner Cash Distribution	11		11	11	10	9			12	[3]
Incentive distributions paid to general partner	153		46	121	112	104			158	[3]
Total Cash Distributions	556		442	489	473	442			566	[3]
Class D Units Issued In Lieu Of Cash Distributions									456,916
Reduction in incentive distribution rights payment	$ 139							$ 90

[1] The net income allocated to the general partner’s capital account reflects IDRs paid during the current reporting period. In the calculation of basic and diluted net income per common unit, the net income allocated to the general partner includes IDRs pertaining to the current reporting period but paid in the subsequent period.

[2] The net income allocated to Class D limited partners includes the amortization of the beneficial conversion feature associated with these units.

[3] The Board of Directors of our general partner declared this $0.9045 per common unit cash distribution on April 21, 2014, to be paid on May 9, 2014, to unitholders of record at the close of business on May 2, 2014.

XML

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited) (USD $) In Millions	Total	Common units	Class D units	General Partner	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)	Noncontrolling Interest	Total Partners Equity
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2013	$ 11,567	$ 11,596	$ 0	$ (541)	$ 97	$ 415	$ 11,152
Net income	352	178	(1)	175	0	0	352
Other comprehensive income (loss)	(39)	0	0	0	(39)	0	(39)
Cash distributions (Note 3)	(556)	(392)	0	(164)	0	0	(556)
Contributions from the Williams Companies, Inc. - net	25	0	0	25	0	0	25
Issuance of Class D units in common control transaction (Note 1)	0	0	992	(992)	0	0	0
Beneficial conversion feature of Class D units	0	117	(117)	0	0	0	0
Amortization of beneficial conversion feature of Class D units	0	(5)	5	0	0	0	0
Contributions from general partner	3	0	0	3	0	0	3
Contributions from noncontrolling interests	57	0	0	0	0	57	0
Ending Balance at Mar. 31, 2014	$ 11,409	$ 11,494	$ 879	$ (1,494)	$ 58	$ 472	$ 10,937

XML

Asset Sales and Other Accruals

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Other Income and Expenses [Abstract]

Other income and expenses

Note 4 – Other Income and Expenses

On June 13, 2013, an explosion and fire occurred at our Geismar olefins plant. The fire was extinguished on the day of the incident. The incident (Geismar Incident) rendered the facility temporarily inoperable and resulted in significant human, financial and operational effects.

We have substantial insurance coverage for repair and replacement costs, lost production, and additional expenses related to the incident as follows:

• Property damage and business interruption coverage with a combined per-occurrence limit of $500 million and retentions (deductibles) of $10 million per occurrence for property damage and a waiting period of 60 days per occurrence for business interruption;

• General liability coverage with per-occurrence and aggregate annual limits of $610 million and retentions (deductibles) of $2 million per occurrence;

• Workers’ compensation coverage with statutory limits and retentions (deductibles) of $1 million total per occurrence.

During the first quarter of 2014, we received $125 million of insurance recoveries related to the Geismar Incident and incurred $6 million of related covered insurable expenses in excess of our retentions (deductibles). These amounts are reflected at NGL & Petchem Services as a net gain in Net insurance recoveries – Geismar Incident within Costs and expenses in our Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

XML

Asset Sales and Other Accruals (Details) (NGL & Petchem Services [Member], Geismar Incident [Member], USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended
	Mar. 31, 2014
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Insurance recoveries	$ 125
Insurable Expenses in Excess of our Deductibles	6
Property Damage And Business Interruption Coverage [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Maximum insurance recoverable amount	500
Property Damage [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Insurance deductibles	10
Business Interruption [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Duration of waiting period before business interruption coverage begins	60 days
General Liability Coverage [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Maximum insurance recoverable amount	610
Insurance deductibles	2
Workers Compensation Coverage [Member]
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Insurance deductibles	$ 1

XML

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Tables)

3 Months Ended

Mar. 31, 2014

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Schedule of Components of Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Table Text Block]

The Provision for income taxes includes:

	Three months ended    March 31,
	2014		2013
	(Millions)
Current:
State	$	—	$	3
Foreign	—		2
	—		5
Deferred:
State	1		—
Foreign	7		10
	8		10
Total provision	$	8	$	15